*** empty log message ***
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / doc / as.texinfo
CommitLineData
252b5132 1\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
f7e42eb4 2@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
40b36596 3@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
252b5132
RH
4@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
6@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
7@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
8@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
9@c in config/tc-*.c
10@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
01642c12 11@c in config/obj-*.c
252b5132
RH
12@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
13@c %**start of header
14@setfilename as.info
15@c ---config---
a4fb0134
SC
16@macro gcctabopt{body}
17@code{\body\}
18@end macro
252b5132
RH
19@c defaults, config file may override:
20@set have-stabs
21@c ---
4a4c4a1d
MR
22@c man begin NAME
23@c ---
252b5132 24@include asconfig.texi
c428fa83 25@include bfdver.texi
252b5132 26@c ---
0285c67d 27@c man end
4a4c4a1d 28@c ---
252b5132 29@c common OR combinations of conditions
c1253627
NC
30@ifset COFF
31@set COFF-ELF
32@end ifset
33@ifset ELF
34@set COFF-ELF
35@end ifset
252b5132
RH
36@ifset AOUT
37@set aout-bout
38@end ifset
39@ifset ARM/Thumb
40@set ARM
41@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
42@ifset Blackfin
43@set Blackfin
44@end ifset
252b5132
RH
45@ifset BOUT
46@set aout-bout
47@end ifset
48@ifset H8/300
49@set H8
50@end ifset
252b5132
RH
51@ifset SH
52@set H8
53@end ifset
54@ifset HPPA
55@set abnormal-separator
56@end ifset
57@c ------------
58@ifset GENERIC
59@settitle Using @value{AS}
60@end ifset
61@ifclear GENERIC
62@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
63@end ifclear
64@setchapternewpage odd
65@c %**end of header
66
67@c @smallbook
68@c @set SMALL
69@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
70@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
71@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
72@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
01642c12 73@c
252b5132
RH
74@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
75@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
76@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
77@c break.
01642c12 78@c
252b5132
RH
79@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
80@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
81@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
82@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
01642c12 83@c discretion, of course.
252b5132
RH
84@ifinfo
85@set SMALL
86@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
87@c might as well show 'em anyways.
88@end ifinfo
89
9160ea82
AM
90@ifnottex
91@dircategory Software development
92@direntry
252b5132 93* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
59455fb1 94* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
9160ea82
AM
95@end direntry
96@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
97
98@finalout
99@syncodeindex ky cp
100
0e9517a9 101@copying
252b5132
RH
102This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
103
0285c67d 104@c man begin COPYRIGHT
9fbcbd81
NC
105Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1062000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 107
0285c67d 108Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 109under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
0285c67d
NC
110or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
111with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
112Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 113section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
0285c67d
NC
114
115@c man end
0e9517a9 116@end copying
252b5132
RH
117
118@titlepage
119@title Using @value{AS}
120@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
121@ifclear GENERIC
122@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
123@end ifclear
e49e529d
JM
124@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
125@sp 1
126@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
127@end ifset
252b5132
RH
128@sp 1
129@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
130@sp 1
131@sp 13
b45619c0 132The Free Software Foundation Inc.@: thanks The Nice Computer
252b5132 133Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
a4fb0134 134first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
252b5132
RH
135The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
136distracting the boss while they got some work
137done.
138@sp 3
139@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
140@page
141@tex
142{\parskip=0pt
143\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
144\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
145}
146%"boxit" macro for figures:
147%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
148\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
149 \vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
150#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
151\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
152@end tex
153
154@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
9fbcbd81
NC
155Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
1562000, 2001, 2002, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
252b5132 157
cf055d54 158 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
793c5807 159 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
cf055d54
NC
160 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
161 with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
162 Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 163 section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
252b5132 164
252b5132 165@end titlepage
4ecceb71 166@contents
252b5132 167
2e64b665 168@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
169@node Top
170@top Using @value{AS}
171
e49e529d
JM
172This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}
173@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
174@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
175@end ifset
176version @value{VERSION}.
252b5132 177@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 178This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
179code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
180@end ifclear
cf055d54
NC
181
182This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
183Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
c1253627 184section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
cf055d54 185
252b5132
RH
186@menu
187* Overview:: Overview
188* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
189* Syntax:: Syntax
190* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
191* Symbols:: Symbols
192* Expressions:: Expressions
193* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
3a99f02f
DJ
194@ifset ELF
195* Object Attributes:: Object Attributes
196@end ifset
252b5132
RH
197* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
198* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
199* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
cf055d54 200* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
28c9d252 201* AS Index:: AS Index
252b5132 202@end menu
2e64b665 203@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
204
205@node Overview
206@chapter Overview
207@iftex
a4fb0134 208This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132 209@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 210This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
252b5132
RH
211code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
212@end ifclear
213@end iftex
214
215@cindex invocation summary
216@cindex option summary
217@cindex summary of options
a4fb0134 218Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
96e9638b 219see @ref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
252b5132 220
0285c67d
NC
221@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
222
a4fb0134 223@ignore
0285c67d
NC
224@c man begin SEEALSO
225gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
226@c man end
a4fb0134 227@end ignore
0285c67d 228
252b5132
RH
229@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
230@c to be limited to one line for the header.
231@smallexample
0285c67d 232@c man begin SYNOPSIS
83f10cb2 233@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdghlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
955974c6 234 [@b{--compress-debug-sections}] [@b{--nocompress-debug-sections}]
3d6b762c 235 [@b{--debug-prefix-map} @var{old}=@var{new}]
4bdd3565
NC
236 [@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
237 [@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
238 [@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
239 [@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
240 [@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
241 @var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
242 [@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
a0b7da79
MM
243 [@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{@@@var{FILE}}]
244 [@b{--target-help}] [@var{target-options}]
245 [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
a4fb0134
SC
246@c
247@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
01642c12 248@c Add an empty line for separation.
625e1353
RH
249@ifset ALPHA
250
251@emph{Target Alpha options:}
252 [@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
253 [@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
198f1251 254 [@b{-replace} | @b{-noreplace}]
625e1353
RH
255 [@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
256 [@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
257@end ifset
252b5132 258@ifset ARC
a4fb0134
SC
259
260@emph{Target ARC options:}
261 [@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
262 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
252b5132
RH
263@end ifset
264@ifset ARM
a4fb0134
SC
265
266@emph{Target ARM options:}
03b1477f 267@c Don't document the deprecated options
92081f48
HPN
268 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
269 [@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
33a392fb
PB
270 [@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
271 [@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
d507cf36 272 [@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
03b1477f 273 [@b{-mthumb}]
a4fb0134
SC
274 [@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
275 [@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
276 @b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
7f266840 277 [@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
252b5132 278@end ifset
9982501a
JZ
279@ifset Blackfin
280
281@emph{Target Blackfin options:}
282 [@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[-@var{sirevision}]]
283 [@b{-mfdpic}]
284 [@b{-mno-fdpic}]
285 [@b{-mnopic}]
286@end ifset
328eb32e
HPN
287@ifset CRIS
288
289@emph{Target CRIS options:}
290 [@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
291 [@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
292 [@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
ae57792d 293 [@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
328eb32e
HPN
294@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
295@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
296@end ifset
252b5132 297@ifset D10V
a4fb0134
SC
298
299@emph{Target D10V options:}
300 [@b{-O}]
252b5132
RH
301@end ifset
302@ifset D30V
a4fb0134
SC
303
304@emph{Target D30V options:}
305 [@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
252b5132
RH
306@end ifset
307@ifset H8
6fd4f6cc
DD
308
309@emph{Target H8/300 options:}
310 [-h-tick-hex]
252b5132
RH
311@end ifset
312@ifset HPPA
313@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
314@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
315@ifset I80386
316
317@emph{Target i386 options:}
12b55ccc 318 [@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
1ef52f49 319 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}[+@var{EXTENSION}@dots{}]] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}]
252b5132
RH
320@end ifset
321@ifset I960
a4fb0134
SC
322
323@emph{Target i960 options:}
252b5132 324@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
a4fb0134
SC
325 [@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
326 @b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
327 [@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
252b5132 328@end ifset
587fe2b3 329@ifset IA64
a4fb0134 330
9e32ca89
NC
331@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
332 [@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
333 [@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
334 [@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
8c2fda1d 335 [@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
970d6792 336 [@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
91d777ee 337 [@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
9e32ca89
NC
338 [@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
339@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
340@ifset IP2K
341
342@emph{Target IP2K options:}
343 [@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
344@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
345@ifset M32C
346
347@emph{Target M32C options:}
c54b5932 348 [@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}] [-relax] [-h-tick-hex]
49f58d10 349@end ifset
587fe2b3 350@ifset M32R
9e32ca89 351
a4fb0134
SC
352@emph{Target M32R options:}
353 [@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
587fe2b3 354 @b{--W[n]p}]
ec694b89 355@end ifset
252b5132 356@ifset M680X0
a4fb0134
SC
357
358@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
359 [@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
252b5132 360@end ifset
60bcf0fa 361@ifset M68HC11
a4fb0134
SC
362
363@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
d01030e6 364 [@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
2f904664
SC
365 [@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
366 [@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
1370e33d 367 [@b{--force-long-branches}] [@b{--short-branches}]
a4fb0134
SC
368 [@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
369 [@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
370@end ifset
371@ifset MCORE
372
373@emph{Target MCORE options:}
374 [@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
375 [@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
60bcf0fa 376@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
377@ifset MICROBLAZE
378@emph{Target MICROBLAZE options:}
379@c MicroBlaze has no machine-dependent assembler options.
380@end ifset
252b5132 381@ifset MIPS
a4fb0134
SC
382
383@emph{Target MIPS options:}
78849248 384 [@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
437ee9d5 385 [@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
0c000745 386 [@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot} [@b{-mvxworks-pic}]
437ee9d5
TS
387 [@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
388 [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
af7ee8bf 389 [@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
5f74bc13 390 [@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
437ee9d5
TS
391 [@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
392 [@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
437ee9d5 393 [@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
e16bfa71 394 [@b{-msmartmips}] [@b{-mno-smartmips}]
1f25f5d3 395 [@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
deec1734 396 [@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
2ef2b9ae 397 [@b{-mdsp}] [@b{-mno-dsp}]
8b082fb1 398 [@b{-mdspr2}] [@b{-mno-dspr2}]
ef2e4d86 399 [@b{-mmt}] [@b{-mno-mt}]
2babba43
MR
400 [@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
401 [@b{-mfix-vr4120}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4120}]
402 [@b{-mfix-vr4130}] [@b{-mno-fix-vr4130}]
ecb4347a 403 [@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
dcd410fe 404 [@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
3c3bdf30
NC
405@end ifset
406@ifset MMIX
a4fb0134
SC
407
408@emph{Target MMIX options:}
409 [@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
410 [@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
411 [@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
973eb340 412 [@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
a4fb0134
SC
413@end ifset
414@ifset PDP11
415
416@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
417 [@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
418 [@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
01642c12 419 [@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
a4fb0134
SC
420@end ifset
421@ifset PJ
422
423@emph{Target picoJava options:}
424 [@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
425@end ifset
426@ifset PPC
427
428@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
429 [@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
2f3bb96a 430 @b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}]
9b4e5766 431 [@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}|@b{-mvsx}] [@b{-memb}]
a4fb0134
SC
432 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
433 [@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
434 [@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
435 [@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
436@end ifset
c7927a3c
NC
437@ifset RX
438
439@emph{Target RX options:}
440 [@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
441 [@b{-m32bit-ints}|@b{-m16bit-ints}]
442 [@b{-m32bit-doubles}|@b{-m64bit-doubles}]
443@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
444@ifset S390
445
446@emph{Target s390 options:}
447 [@b{-m31}|@b{-m64}] [@b{-mesa}|@b{-mzarch}] [@b{-march}=@var{CPU}]
448 [@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
449 [@b{-mwarn-areg-zero}]
450@end ifset
c3b7224a
NC
451@ifset SCORE
452
453@emph{Target SCORE options:}
454 [@b{-EB}][@b{-EL}][@b{-FIXDD}][@b{-NWARN}]
455 [@b{-SCORE5}][@b{-SCORE5U}][@b{-SCORE7}][@b{-SCORE3}]
456 [@b{-march=score7}][@b{-march=score3}]
457 [@b{-USE_R1}][@b{-KPIC}][@b{-O0}][@b{-G} @var{num}][@b{-V}]
458@end ifset
a4fb0134
SC
459@ifset SPARC
460
461@emph{Target SPARC options:}
462@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
463 [@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
464 @b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
465 [@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
466 [@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
467@end ifset
468@ifset TIC54X
469
470@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
01642c12 471 [@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
a4fb0134
SC
472 [@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
473@end ifset
3c9b82ba 474
40b36596
JM
475@ifset TIC6X
476
477@emph{Target TIC6X options:}
478 [@b{-march=@var{arch}}] [@b{-matomic}|@b{-mno-atomic}]
479 [@b{-mbig-endian}|@b{-mlittle-endian}]
480@end ifset
481
3c9b82ba
NC
482@ifset Z80
483
484@emph{Target Z80 options:}
485 [@b{-z80}] [@b{-r800}]
486 [@b{ -ignore-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wnud}]
487 [@b{ -ignore-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wnup}]
488 [@b{ -warn-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Wud}]
489 [@b{ -warn-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Wup}]
490 [@b{ -forbid-undocumented-instructions}] [@b{-Fud}]
491 [@b{ -forbid-unportable-instructions}] [@b{-Fup}]
492@end ifset
493
a4fb0134
SC
494@ifset Z8000
495@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
252b5132 496@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
497@ifset XTENSA
498
499@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
43cd72b9 500 [@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
e0001a05 501 [@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
43cd72b9 502 [@b{--[no-]transform}]
9456465c 503 [@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
e0001a05 504@end ifset
0285c67d 505@c man end
252b5132
RH
506@end smallexample
507
0285c67d
NC
508@c man begin OPTIONS
509
a4fb0134 510@table @gcctabopt
38fc1cb1 511@include at-file.texi
a0b7da79 512
83f10cb2 513@item -a[cdghlmns]
252b5132
RH
514Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
515
a4fb0134 516@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
517@item -ac
518omit false conditionals
519
520@item -ad
521omit debugging directives
522
83f10cb2
NC
523@item -ag
524include general information, like @value{AS} version and options passed
525
252b5132
RH
526@item -ah
527include high-level source
528
529@item -al
530include assembly
531
532@item -am
533include macro expansions
534
535@item -an
536omit forms processing
537
538@item -as
539include symbols
540
541@item =file
542set the name of the listing file
543@end table
544
545You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
546listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
547the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
548
caa32fe5 549@item --alternate
96e9638b
BW
550Begin in alternate macro mode.
551@ifclear man
552@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
553@end ifclear
caa32fe5 554
955974c6
CC
555@item --compress-debug-sections
556Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib. The debug sections are renamed
557to begin with @samp{.zdebug}, and the resulting object file may not be
558compatible with older linkers and object file utilities.
559
560@item --nocompress-debug-sections
561Do not compress DWARF debug sections. This is the default.
562
252b5132
RH
563@item -D
564Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
565other assemblers.
566
3d6b762c
JM
567@item --debug-prefix-map @var{old}=@var{new}
568When assembling files in directory @file{@var{old}}, record debugging
569information describing them as in @file{@var{new}} instead.
570
252b5132
RH
571@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
572Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
573@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
bf083c64
NC
574indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal
575value. The value of the symbol can be overridden inside a source file via the
576use of a @code{.set} pseudo-op.
252b5132
RH
577
578@item -f
579``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
580compiler output).
581
329e276d
NC
582@item -g
583@itemx --gen-debug
584Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
585debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
586ECOFF or DWARF2.
587
252b5132
RH
588@item --gstabs
589Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
590may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
591
05da4302
NC
592@item --gstabs+
593Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
594extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
595debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
596may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
597the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
598
329e276d 599@item --gdwarf-2
cdf82bcf 600Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
c1253627 601may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
85a39694 602option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
cdf82bcf 603
252b5132
RH
604@item --help
605Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
606
ea20a7da
CC
607@item --target-help
608Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
609
252b5132
RH
610@item -I @var{dir}
611Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
612
613@item -J
614Don't warn about signed overflow.
615
616@item -K
617@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
618This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
619@end ifclear
620@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
621Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
622@end ifset
623
624@item -L
625@itemx --keep-locals
ba83aca1
BW
626Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. These symbols start with
627system-specific local label prefixes, typically @samp{.L} for ELF systems
628or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems.
629@ifclear man
630@xref{Symbol Names}.
631@end ifclear
252b5132 632
c3a27914
NC
633@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
634Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
635listing to @var{number}.
636
637@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
638Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
639lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
640
641@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
642Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
643@var{number} bytes.
644
645@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
646Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
647to @var{number} + 1.
648
252b5132 649@item -o @var{objfile}
a4fb0134 650Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
252b5132
RH
651
652@item -R
653Fold the data section into the text section.
654
4bdd3565
NC
655@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
656Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
657@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
658assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
659memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
660requirements at the expense of speed.
661
662@item --reduce-memory-overheads
663This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
664assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
665@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
666
252b5132
RH
667@item --statistics
668Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
669assembly.
670
671@item --strip-local-absolute
672Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
673
674@item -v
675@itemx -version
a4fb0134 676Print the @command{as} version.
252b5132
RH
677
678@item --version
a4fb0134 679Print the @command{as} version and exit.
252b5132
RH
680
681@item -W
2bdd6cf5 682@itemx --no-warn
252b5132
RH
683Suppress warning messages.
684
2bdd6cf5
GK
685@item --fatal-warnings
686Treat warnings as errors.
687
688@item --warn
689Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
690
252b5132
RH
691@item -w
692Ignored.
693
694@item -x
695Ignored.
696
697@item -Z
698Generate an object file even after errors.
699
700@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
701Standard input, or source files to assemble.
702
703@end table
704
705@ifset ARC
706The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
707an ARC processor.
708
a4fb0134 709@table @gcctabopt
0d2bcfaf
NC
710@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
711This option selects the core processor variant.
712@item -EB | -EL
713Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
252b5132
RH
714@end table
715@end ifset
716
717@ifset ARM
718The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
719processor family.
720
a4fb0134 721@table @gcctabopt
92081f48 722@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 723Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
92081f48 724@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
cdf82bcf 725Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
03b1477f 726@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
a349d9dd 727Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
33a392fb
PB
728@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
729Select which floating point ABI is in use.
03b1477f
RE
730@item -mthumb
731Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
7f266840 732@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
252b5132
RH
733Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
734@item -EB | -EL
735Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
cdf82bcf
NC
736@item -mthumb-interwork
737Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
738ARM code in mind.
739@item -k
740Specify that PIC code has been generated.
252b5132
RH
741@end table
742@end ifset
743
9982501a
JZ
744@ifset Blackfin
745The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
746the Blackfin processor family.
747
748@table @gcctabopt
749@item -mcpu=@var{processor}@r{[}-@var{sirevision}@r{]}
750This option specifies the target processor. The optional @var{sirevision}
751is not used in assembler.
752@item -mfdpic
753Assemble for the FDPIC ABI.
1f9bb1ca
AS
754@item -mno-fdpic
755@itemx -mnopic
9982501a
JZ
756Disable -mfdpic.
757@end table
758@end ifset
759
328eb32e
HPN
760@ifset CRIS
761See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
762@end ifset
763
252b5132
RH
764@ifset D10V
765The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
766a D10V processor.
a4fb0134 767@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
768@cindex D10V optimization
769@cindex optimization, D10V
770@item -O
771Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
772@end table
773@end ifset
774
775@ifset D30V
776The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
777processor.
a4fb0134 778@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
779@cindex D30V optimization
780@cindex optimization, D30V
781@item -O
782Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
783
784@cindex D30V nops
785@item -n
786Warn when nops are generated.
787
788@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
789@item -N
790Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
791@end table
792@end ifset
793
794@ifset I960
795The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
796Intel 80960 processor.
797
a4fb0134 798@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
799@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
800Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
801
802@item -b
803Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
804
805@item -no-relax
806Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
807error if necessary.
808
809@end table
810@end ifset
811
a40cbfa3
NC
812@ifset IP2K
813The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
ec88d317 814Ubicom IP2K series.
a40cbfa3
NC
815
816@table @gcctabopt
817
818@item -mip2022ext
819Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
820
821@item -mip2022
8dfa0188 822Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
a40cbfa3
NC
823just the basic IP2022 ones.
824
825@end table
826@end ifset
827
49f58d10
JB
828@ifset M32C
829The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
830Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
831
832@table @gcctabopt
833
834@item -m32c
835Assemble M32C instructions.
836
837@item -m16c
838Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
839
c54b5932
DD
840@item -relax
841Enable support for link-time relaxations.
842
843@item -h-tick-hex
844Support H'00 style hex constants in addition to 0x00 style.
845
49f58d10
JB
846@end table
847@end ifset
848
ec694b89
NC
849@ifset M32R
850The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
26597c86 851Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
ec694b89 852
a4fb0134 853@table @gcctabopt
ec694b89
NC
854
855@item --m32rx
856Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
857is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
858
859@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
860Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
01642c12 861encountered.
ec694b89
NC
862
863@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
01642c12
RM
864Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
865encountered.
ec694b89
NC
866
867@end table
868@end ifset
252b5132
RH
869
870@ifset M680X0
871The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
872Motorola 68000 series.
873
a4fb0134 874@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
875
876@item -l
877Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
878
0285c67d
NC
879@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
880@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
881@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
252b5132
RH
882Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
883is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
884
885@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
886The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
887The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
888the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
889two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
890coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
891
892@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
893The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
894unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
895
896@end table
897@end ifset
898
e135f41b
NC
899@ifset PDP11
900
901For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
902see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
903
a4fb0134 904@table @gcctabopt
e135f41b
NC
905@item -mpic | -mno-pic
906Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
a4fb0134 907default is @option{-mpic}.
e135f41b
NC
908
909@item -mall
910@itemx -mall-extensions
911Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
912
913@item -mno-extensions
914Disable all instruction set extensions.
915
916@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
917Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
918
919@item -m@var{cpu}
920Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
921disable all other extensions.
922
923@item -m@var{machine}
924Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
925model, and disable all other extensions.
926@end table
927
928@end ifset
929
041dd5a9
ILT
930@ifset PJ
931The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
932a picoJava processor.
933
a4fb0134 934@table @gcctabopt
041dd5a9
ILT
935
936@cindex PJ endianness
937@cindex endianness, PJ
938@cindex big endian output, PJ
939@item -mb
940Generate ``big endian'' format output.
941
942@cindex little endian output, PJ
943@item -ml
944Generate ``little endian'' format output.
945
946@end table
947@end ifset
948
60bcf0fa
NC
949@ifset M68HC11
950The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
951Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
952
a4fb0134 953@table @gcctabopt
60bcf0fa 954
d01030e6 955@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
60bcf0fa
NC
956Specify what processor is the target. The default is
957defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
958
2f904664
SC
959@item -mshort
960Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
961
962@item -mlong
01642c12 963Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
2f904664
SC
964
965@item -mshort-double
01642c12 966Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
2f904664
SC
967
968@item -mlong-double
01642c12 969Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
2f904664 970
1370e33d 971@item --force-long-branches
60bcf0fa
NC
972Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
973conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
974sub routine.
975
1370e33d
NC
976@item -S | --short-branches
977Do not turn relative branches into absolute ones
60bcf0fa
NC
978when the offset is out of range.
979
980@item --strict-direct-mode
981Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
982when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
983
984@item --print-insn-syntax
985Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
986
987@item --print-opcodes
988print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
989
990@item --generate-example
991print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
a4fb0134 992This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
60bcf0fa
NC
993
994@end table
995@end ifset
996
252b5132 997@ifset SPARC
a4fb0134 998The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
252b5132
RH
999for the SPARC architecture:
1000
a4fb0134 1001@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1002@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
1003@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
1004Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
1005
1006@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
1007@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
1008
1009@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
1010UltraSPARC extensions.
1011
1012@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
1013For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
1014equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
1015
1016@item -bump
1017Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
1018@end table
1019@end ifset
1020
39bec121
TW
1021@ifset TIC54X
1022The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
01642c12 1023architecture.
39bec121 1024
a4fb0134 1025@table @gcctabopt
39bec121
TW
1026@item -mfar-mode
1027Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
1028extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
1029@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
1030Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
1031@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
1032Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
1033behaviour in the shell.
1034@end table
1035@end ifset
1036
252b5132
RH
1037@ifset MIPS
1038The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
437ee9d5 1039a @sc{mips} processor.
252b5132 1040
a4fb0134 1041@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1042@item -G @var{num}
1043This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
1044implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
1045use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
1046
1047@cindex MIPS endianness
1048@cindex endianness, MIPS
1049@cindex big endian output, MIPS
1050@item -EB
1051Generate ``big endian'' format output.
1052
1053@cindex little endian output, MIPS
1054@item -EL
1055Generate ``little endian'' format output.
1056
1057@cindex MIPS ISA
1058@item -mips1
1059@itemx -mips2
1060@itemx -mips3
e7af610e 1061@itemx -mips4
437ee9d5 1062@itemx -mips5
e7af610e 1063@itemx -mips32
af7ee8bf 1064@itemx -mips32r2
4058e45f 1065@itemx -mips64
5f74bc13 1066@itemx -mips64r2
437ee9d5
TS
1067Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
1068@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
1069alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
1070@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
5f74bc13
CD
1071@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
1072@samp{-mips64r2}
af7ee8bf 1073correspond to generic
5f74bc13
CD
1074@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
1075and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
1076ISA processors, respectively.
437ee9d5
TS
1077
1078@item -march=@var{CPU}
1079Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1080
1081@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
1082Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
1083
1084@item -mfix7000
1085@itemx -mno-fix7000
1086Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
1087of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
1088
ecb4347a
DJ
1089@item -mdebug
1090@itemx -no-mdebug
1091Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
1092section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
1093
dcd410fe
RO
1094@item -mpdr
1095@itemx -mno-pdr
1096Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
1097
437ee9d5
TS
1098@item -mgp32
1099@itemx -mfp32
1100The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
1101flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
1102all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
1103and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
1104
1105@item -mips16
1106@itemx -no-mips16
1107Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
1108@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
1109turns off this option.
252b5132 1110
e16bfa71
TS
1111@item -msmartmips
1112@itemx -mno-smartmips
1113Enables the SmartMIPS extension to the MIPS32 instruction set. This is
1114equivalent to putting @code{.set smartmips} at the start of the assembly file.
1115@samp{-mno-smartmips} turns off this option.
1116
1f25f5d3
CD
1117@item -mips3d
1118@itemx -no-mips3d
1119Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
1120This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
1121@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
1122
deec1734
CD
1123@item -mdmx
1124@itemx -no-mdmx
1125Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
1126This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
1127@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
1128
2ef2b9ae
CF
1129@item -mdsp
1130@itemx -mno-dsp
8b082fb1
TS
1131Generate code for the DSP Release 1 Application Specific Extension.
1132This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 1 instructions.
2ef2b9ae
CF
1133@samp{-mno-dsp} turns off this option.
1134
8b082fb1
TS
1135@item -mdspr2
1136@itemx -mno-dspr2
1137Generate code for the DSP Release 2 Application Specific Extension.
1138This option implies -mdsp.
1139This tells the assembler to accept DSP Release 2 instructions.
1140@samp{-mno-dspr2} turns off this option.
1141
ef2e4d86
CF
1142@item -mmt
1143@itemx -mno-mt
1144Generate code for the MT Application Specific Extension.
1145This tells the assembler to accept MT instructions.
1146@samp{-mno-mt} turns off this option.
1147
437ee9d5
TS
1148@item --construct-floats
1149@itemx --no-construct-floats
1150The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
1151double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
1152value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
1153the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
1154selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
252b5132
RH
1155
1156@cindex emulation
1157@item --emulation=@var{name}
a4fb0134 1158This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
252b5132
RH
1159for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
1160between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
1161debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
1162endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
1163@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
1164@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
1165of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
1166the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
1167in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
1168selection in any case.
1169
1170This option is currently supported only when the primary target
437ee9d5 1171@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
252b5132
RH
1172Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
1173@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
1174the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
1175configuration includes support for both.
1176
1177Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
1178fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
1179more processors.
1180
1181@item -nocpp
a4fb0134 1182@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
252b5132
RH
1183the native tools.
1184
252b5132
RH
1185@item --trap
1186@itemx --no-trap
1187@itemx --break
1188@itemx --no-break
1189Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
1190@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
1191(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
1192@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
1193break exception.
63486801
L
1194
1195@item -n
a4fb0134 1196When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
63486801 1197time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
252b5132
RH
1198@end table
1199@end ifset
1200
1201@ifset MCORE
1202The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1203an MCore processor.
1204
a4fb0134 1205@table @gcctabopt
252b5132
RH
1206@item -jsri2bsr
1207@itemx -nojsri2bsr
1208Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
1209The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
1210
1211@item -sifilter
1212@itemx -nosifilter
1213Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
a349d9dd 1214The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
252b5132
RH
1215
1216@item -relax
1217Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
1218
ec694b89
NC
1219@item -mcpu=[210|340]
1220Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
1221can be assembled.
1222
1223@item -EB
1224Assemble for a big endian target.
1225
1226@item -EL
1227Assemble for a little endian target.
252b5132
RH
1228
1229@end table
1230@end ifset
1231
3c3bdf30
NC
1232@ifset MMIX
1233See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
1234@end ifset
1235
046d31c2
NC
1236@ifset RX
1237See the info pages for documentation of the RX-specific options.
1238@end ifset
1239
11c19e16
MS
1240@ifset S390
1241The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the s390
1242processor family.
1243
1244@table @gcctabopt
1245@item -m31
1246@itemx -m64
1247Select the word size, either 31/32 bits or 64 bits.
1248@item -mesa
1249@item -mzarch
1250Select the architecture mode, either the Enterprise System
1251Architecture (esa) or the z/Architecture mode (zarch).
1252@item -march=@var{processor}
1253Specify which s390 processor variant is the target, @samp{g6}, @samp{g6},
1254@samp{z900}, @samp{z990}, @samp{z9-109}, @samp{z9-ec}, or @samp{z10}.
1255@item -mregnames
1256@itemx -mno-regnames
1257Allow or disallow symbolic names for registers.
1258@item -mwarn-areg-zero
1259Warn whenever the operand for a base or index register has been specified
1260but evaluates to zero.
1261@end table
1262@end ifset
1263
40b36596
JM
1264@ifset TIC6X
1265The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a
1266TMS320C6000 processor.
1267
1268@table @gcctabopt
1269@item -march=@var{arch}
1270Enable (only) instructions from architecture @var{arch}. By default,
1271all instructions are permitted.
1272
1273The following values of @var{arch} are accepted: @code{c62x},
1274@code{c64x}, @code{c64x+}, @code{c67x}, @code{c67x+}, @code{c674x}.
1275
1276@item -matomic
1277@itemx -mno-atomic
1278Enable or disable the optional C64x+ atomic operation instructions.
1279By default, they are enabled if no @option{-march} option is given, or
1280if an architecture is specified with @option{-march} that implies
1281these instructions are present (currently, there are no such
1282architectures); they are disabled if an architecture is specified with
1283@option{-march} on which the instructions are optional or not
1284present. This option overrides such a default from the architecture,
1285independent of the order in which the @option{-march} or
1286@option{-matomic} or @option{-mno-atomic} options are passed.
1287
1288@item -mbig-endian
1289@itemx -mlittle-endian
1290Generate code for the specified endianness. The default is
1291little-endian.
1292@end table
1293
1294@end ifset
1295
e0001a05
NC
1296@ifset XTENSA
1297The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1298an Xtensa processor.
1299
1300@table @gcctabopt
e0001a05
NC
1301@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
1302With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
1303in the text section. The default is
1304@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
43cd72b9
BW
1305separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
1306referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
1307absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
1308
1309@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
1310Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
1311or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
1312if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
1313option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
e0001a05
NC
1314
1315@item --target-align | --no-target-align
1316Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
1317expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
1318
1319@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
1320Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
1321across a greater range of addresses. The default is
1322@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
43cd72b9
BW
1323
1324@item --transform | --no-transform
1325Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
1326The default is @option{--transform};
1327@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
1328instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
00e3c476
BW
1329
1330@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}
1331When generating output sections, rename the @var{oldname} section to
1332@var{newname}.
e0001a05
NC
1333@end table
1334@end ifset
1335
3c9b82ba
NC
1336@ifset Z80
1337The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
1338a Z80 family processor.
1339@table @gcctabopt
1340@item -z80
1341Assemble for Z80 processor.
1342@item -r800
1343Assemble for R800 processor.
01642c12 1344@item -ignore-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1345@itemx -Wnud
1346Assemble undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800 without warning.
01642c12 1347@item -ignore-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1348@itemx -Wnup
1349Assemble all undocumented Z80 instructions without warning.
01642c12 1350@item -warn-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1351@itemx -Wud
1352Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that also work on R800.
01642c12 1353@item -warn-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1354@itemx -Wup
01642c12
RM
1355Issue a warning for undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800.
1356@item -forbid-undocumented-instructions
3c9b82ba
NC
1357@itemx -Fud
1358Treat all undocumented instructions as errors.
01642c12 1359@item -forbid-unportable-instructions
3c9b82ba 1360@itemx -Fup
b45619c0 1361Treat undocumented Z80 instructions that do not work on R800 as errors.
3c9b82ba
NC
1362@end table
1363@end ifset
1364
0285c67d
NC
1365@c man end
1366
252b5132
RH
1367@menu
1368* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
1369* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
1370* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
1371* Command Line:: Command Line
1372* Input Files:: Input Files
1373* Object:: Output (Object) File
1374* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
1375@end menu
1376
1377@node Manual
1378@section Structure of this Manual
1379
1380@cindex manual, structure and purpose
1381This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
a4fb0134 1382@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
252b5132 1383notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
a4fb0134 1384@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1385
1386@ifclear GENERIC
1387We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
a4fb0134 1388configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
252b5132
RH
1389@end ifclear
1390@ifset GENERIC
1391This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
1392various flavors of the assembler.
1393@end ifset
1394
1395@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
1396On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
1397to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
1398In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
1399architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
1400mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
1401particular architecture.
1402@ifset GENERIC
1403You may want to consult the manufacturer's
1404machine architecture manual for this information.
1405@end ifset
1406@ifclear GENERIC
1407@ifset H8/300
1408For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
c2dcd04e
NC
1409Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
1410Programming Manual} (Renesas).
252b5132 1411@end ifset
252b5132 1412@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
1413For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
1414see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
1415@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
1416@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
252b5132
RH
1417@end ifset
1418@ifset Z8000
1419For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
1420@end ifset
1421@end ifclear
1422
1423@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
1424@ignore
1425Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
1426the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
1427Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
1428computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
1429once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
1430qualification.
1431
a4fb0134 1432@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
252b5132
RH
1433human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
1434computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
a4fb0134 1435@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
252b5132
RH
1436@end ignore
1437
1438@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
1439@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
1440@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
1441@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
1442@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
1443@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
1444@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
1445@c directives).
1446
1447@node GNU Assembler
1448@section The GNU Assembler
1449
0285c67d
NC
1450@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1451
a4fb0134 1452@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
252b5132 1453@ifclear GENERIC
a4fb0134 1454This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
252b5132
RH
1455configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
1456@end ifclear
1457If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
1458should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
1459architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
1460including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
1461@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
1462
1463@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
a4fb0134 1464@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
252b5132 1465@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
a4fb0134 1466@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1467assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
1468machine would assemble.
1469@ifset VAX
1470Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
1471@end ifset
1472@ifset M680X0
1473@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
1474@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
a4fb0134 1475This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
252b5132
RH
1476assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
1477incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
1478@end ifset
1479
0285c67d
NC
1480@c man end
1481
a4fb0134 1482Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
252b5132
RH
1483program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
1484@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
1485
1486@node Object Formats
1487@section Object File Formats
1488
1489@cindex object file format
1490The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
1491object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
1492write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
1493are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
1494Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
1495@ifclear GENERIC
1496@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
c1253627 1497For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
252b5132
RH
1498@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
1499@end ifclear
1500@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
252b5132 1501@ifset I960
a4fb0134 1502On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1503@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
1504@end ifset
1505@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134 1506On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
252b5132
RH
1507SOM or ELF format object files.
1508@end ifset
1509@end ifclear
1510
1511@node Command Line
1512@section Command Line
1513
1514@cindex command line conventions
0285c67d 1515
a4fb0134 1516After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
252b5132
RH
1517options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
1518before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
1519significant.
1520
1521@cindex standard input, as input file
1522@kindex --
1523@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
a4fb0134 1524explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
252b5132
RH
1525
1526@cindex options, command line
1527Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
1528hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
a4fb0134 1529@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
252b5132
RH
1530option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
1531the letter is important. All options are optional.
1532
1533Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
1534name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
1535with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
1536standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
1537
1538@smallexample
1539@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
1540@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
1541@end smallexample
1542
1543@node Input Files
1544@section Input Files
1545
1546@cindex input
1547@cindex source program
1548@cindex files, input
1549We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
a4fb0134 1550describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
252b5132
RH
1551be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
1552doesn't change the meaning of the source.
1553
1554@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
1555@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
1556The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
1557order specified.
1558
0285c67d 1559@c man begin DESCRIPTION
a4fb0134 1560Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
252b5132
RH
1561program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
1562(The standard input is also a file.)
1563
a4fb0134 1564You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
252b5132
RH
1565names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
1566command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
1567is taken to be an input file name.
1568
a4fb0134
SC
1569If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
1570from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
1571may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
252b5132
RH
1572to assemble.
1573
1574Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
1575in your command line.
1576
a4fb0134 1577If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
252b5132
RH
1578file.
1579
0285c67d
NC
1580@c man end
1581
252b5132
RH
1582@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
1583
1584@cindex input file linenumbers
1585@cindex line numbers, in input files
1586There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
1587either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
1588number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
1589``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
1590
1591@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
a4fb0134 1592to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1593
1594@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
1595directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
a4fb0134
SC
1596error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
1597is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
252b5132
RH
1598@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
1599@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
1600
1601@node Object
1602@section Output (Object) File
1603
1604@cindex object file
1605@cindex output file
1606@kindex a.out
1607@kindex .o
a4fb0134 1608Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
252b5132
RH
1609your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
1610is the object file. Its default name is
1611@ifclear BOUT
1612@code{a.out}.
1613@end ifclear
1614@ifset BOUT
1615@ifset GENERIC
01642c12 1616@code{a.out}, or
252b5132 1617@end ifset
a4fb0134 1618@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
252b5132 1619@end ifset
a4fb0134 1620You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
252b5132
RH
1621object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
1622reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
1623directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
1624possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
1625
1626@cindex linker
1627@kindex ld
1628The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
1629assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
1630the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
1631information for the debugger.
1632
1633@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
1634@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
1635
1636@node Errors
1637@section Error and Warning Messages
1638
0285c67d
NC
1639@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1640
a349d9dd 1641@cindex error messages
252b5132
RH
1642@cindex warning messages
1643@cindex messages from assembler
a4fb0134 1644@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
252b5132 1645file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
a4fb0134
SC
1646runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
1647that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
252b5132
RH
1648grave problem that stops the assembly.
1649
0285c67d
NC
1650@c man end
1651
252b5132
RH
1652@cindex format of warning messages
1653Warning messages have the format
1654
1655@smallexample
1656file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
1657@end smallexample
1658
1659@noindent
1660@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
1661(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
1662(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
1663the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
1664@ifset GENERIC
1665(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
1666@end ifset
252b5132
RH
1667then it is used to calculate the number printed,
1668otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
1669message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
1670tradition).
1671
1672@cindex format of error messages
1673Error messages have the format
1674@smallexample
1675file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
1676@end smallexample
1677The file name and line number are derived as for warning
1678messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
1679because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
1680
1681@node Invoking
1682@chapter Command-Line Options
1683
1684@cindex options, all versions of assembler
1685This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
96e9638b
BW
1686versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; see @ref{Machine Dependencies},
1687for options specific
252b5132 1688@ifclear GENERIC
c1253627 1689to the @value{TARGET} target.
252b5132
RH
1690@end ifclear
1691@ifset GENERIC
1692to particular machine architectures.
1693@end ifset
1694
0285c67d
NC
1695@c man begin DESCRIPTION
1696
c1253627 1697If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
252b5132
RH
1698you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
1699The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
1700by commas. For example:
1701
1702@smallexample
1703gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
1704@end smallexample
1705
1706@noindent
1707This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
5f5e16be 1708standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
252b5132
RH
1709local symbols in the symbol table).
1710
1711Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
1712command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
1713(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
1714precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
1715assembler.)
1716
0285c67d
NC
1717@c man end
1718
252b5132 1719@menu
83f10cb2 1720* a:: -a[cdghlns] enable listings
caa32fe5 1721* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
252b5132
RH
1722* D:: -D for compatibility
1723* f:: -f to work faster
1724* I:: -I for .include search path
1725@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1726* K:: -K for compatibility
1727@end ifclear
1728@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1729* K:: -K for difference tables
1730@end ifset
1731
ba83aca1 1732* L:: -L to retain local symbols
c3a27914 1733* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
252b5132
RH
1734* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
1735* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
1736* o:: -o to name the object file
1737* R:: -R to join data and text sections
1738* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
1739* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
1740* v:: -v to announce version
2bdd6cf5 1741* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
252b5132
RH
1742* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
1743@end menu
1744
1745@node a
83f10cb2 1746@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdghlns]}
252b5132
RH
1747
1748@kindex -a
1749@kindex -ac
1750@kindex -ad
83f10cb2 1751@kindex -ag
252b5132
RH
1752@kindex -ah
1753@kindex -al
1754@kindex -an
1755@kindex -as
1756@cindex listings, enabling
1757@cindex assembly listings, enabling
1758
1759These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
1760@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
1761You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
1762@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
1763@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
1764@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
1765High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
1766@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
1767also.
1768
83f10cb2
NC
1769Use the @samp{-ag} option to print a first section with general assembly
1770information, like @value{AS} version, switches passed, or time stamp.
1771
252b5132
RH
1772Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
1773which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
1774other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
1775omitted from the listing.
1776
1777Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
1778listing.
1779
1780Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
1781listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
1782@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
1783@code{.sbttl}.
1784The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
1785If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
1786listing-control directives have no effect.
1787
1788The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
1789@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
1790
96e9638b
BW
1791Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (e.g.,
1792because it
c3a27914
NC
1793is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
1794is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
1795directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
1796stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
1797memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
1798
caa32fe5
NC
1799@node alternate
1800@section @option{--alternate}
1801
1802@kindex --alternate
1803Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
1804
252b5132 1805@node D
a4fb0134 1806@section @option{-D}
252b5132
RH
1807
1808@kindex -D
1809This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
1810likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
a4fb0134 1811@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1812
1813@node f
a4fb0134 1814@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
252b5132
RH
1815
1816@kindex -f
1817@cindex trusted compiler
a4fb0134 1818@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
252b5132
RH
1819@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
1820(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
1821and comment preprocessing on
1822the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
1823,Preprocessing}.
1824
1825@quotation
1826@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
a4fb0134 1827preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
252b5132
RH
1828not work correctly.
1829@end quotation
1830
1831@node I
c1253627 1832@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
252b5132
RH
1833
1834@kindex -I @var{path}
1835@cindex paths for @code{.include}
1836@cindex search path for @code{.include}
1837@cindex @code{include} directive search path
1838Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
a4fb0134
SC
1839@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
1840directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
252b5132 1841many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
a4fb0134 1842working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
1843searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
1844specified (left to right) on the command line.
1845
1846@node K
a4fb0134 1847@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
252b5132
RH
1848
1849@kindex -K
1850@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1851On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
1852permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
1853where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
1854generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
1855family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
1856alteration on other platforms.
1857@end ifclear
1858
1859@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
1860@cindex difference tables, warning
1861@cindex warning for altered difference tables
96e9638b
BW
1862@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the
1863form @samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
252b5132
RH
1864You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
1865is done.
1866@end ifset
1867
1868@node L
ba83aca1 1869@section Include Local Symbols: @option{-L}
252b5132
RH
1870
1871@kindex -L
ba83aca1
BW
1872@cindex local symbols, retaining in output
1873Symbols beginning with system-specific local label prefixes, typically
1874@samp{.L} for ELF systems or @samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, are
1875called @dfn{local symbols}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see
1876such symbols when debugging, because they are intended for the use of
1877programs (like compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your
1878notice. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard
1879such symbols, so you do not normally debug with them.
1880
1881This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those local symbols
252b5132 1882in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
ba83aca1 1883@code{@value{LD}} to preserve those symbols.
252b5132 1884
c3a27914 1885@node listing
a4fb0134 1886@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
c3a27914
NC
1887
1888The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
1889@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
1890hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
96e9638b
BW
1891them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by
1892directives inside the assembler source (i.e., @code{.list} (@pxref{List}),
1893@code{.title} (@pxref{Title}), @code{.sbttl} (@pxref{Sbttl}),
1894@code{.psize} (@pxref{Psize}), and
1895@code{.eject} (@pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
c3a27914 1896
a4fb0134 1897@table @gcctabopt
c3a27914
NC
1898@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
1899@kindex --listing-lhs-width
1900@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
1901Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
1902dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
1903
1904@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
1905@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
1906@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
1907Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
8dfa0188 1908a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
c3a27914
NC
1909the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
1910switch is used the default is to one.
1911
1912@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
1913@kindex --listing-rhs-width
1914@cindex Width of source line output
1915Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
1916alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
1917source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
1918
1919@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
1920@kindex --listing-cont-lines
1921@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
1922Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
1923displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
1924@end table
1925
252b5132 1926@node M
a4fb0134 1927@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
252b5132
RH
1928
1929@kindex -M
1930@cindex MRI compatibility mode
a4fb0134
SC
1931The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
1932changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
252b5132
RH
1933compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
1934configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
1935MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
1936information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
1937arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
a4fb0134 1938assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
1939
1940The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
1941depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
1942file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
1943individually. These are:
1944
1945@itemize @bullet
1946@item global symbols in common section
1947
1948The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
a4fb0134 1949Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
252b5132
RH
1950common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
1951symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
1952symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
1953
1954@item complex relocations
1955
1956The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
1957relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
1958are not support by other object file formats.
1959
1960@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
1961
1962The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
1963This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
a4fb0134 1964instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
252b5132
RH
1965script.
1966
1967@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
1968
1969The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
1970name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
1971
1972@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
1973
1974The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
a4fb0134 1975address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
252b5132
RH
1976which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
1977not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
1978assigned within a linker script.
1979@end itemize
1980
1981There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
a4fb0134 1982@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
252b5132
RH
1983seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
1984
1985@itemize @bullet
1986
1987@item EBCDIC strings
1988
1989EBCDIC strings are not supported.
1990
1991@item packed binary coded decimal
1992
1993Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
1994and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
1995
1996@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
1997
1998The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
1999
2000@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
2001
2002The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
2003
2004@item @code{OPT} branch control options
2005
2006The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
a4fb0134 2007@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
252b5132
RH
2008relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
2009these options serve no purpose.
2010
2011@item @code{OPT} list control options
2012
2013The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
2014@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
2015@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
2016
2017@item other @code{OPT} options
2018
2019The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
2020@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
2021
2022@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
2023
2024The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
2025@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
2026
2027@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
2028
2029The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
2030
2031@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
2032
2033The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
2034
2035@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
2036
2037The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
2038
2039@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
2040
2041The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
2042
2043@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
2044
2045The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
2046
2047@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
2048
2049The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
2050
2051@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
2052
2053The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
2054
2055@end itemize
2056
2057@node MD
c1253627 2058@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
252b5132
RH
2059
2060@kindex --MD
2061@cindex dependency tracking
2062@cindex make rules
2063
a4fb0134 2064@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
252b5132
RH
2065file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
2066dependencies of the main source file.
2067
2068The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
2069
2070This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
2071
2072@node o
a4fb0134 2073@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
252b5132
RH
2074
2075@kindex -o
2076@cindex naming object file
2077@cindex object file name
a4fb0134 2078There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
252b5132
RH
2079default it has the name
2080@ifset GENERIC
2081@ifset I960
2082@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
2083@end ifset
2084@ifclear I960
2085@file{a.out}.
2086@end ifclear
2087@end ifset
2088@ifclear GENERIC
2089@ifset I960
2090@file{b.out}.
2091@end ifset
2092@ifclear I960
2093@file{a.out}.
2094@end ifclear
2095@end ifclear
2096You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
2097object file a different name.
2098
a4fb0134 2099Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
252b5132
RH
2100existing file of the same name.
2101
2102@node R
a4fb0134 2103@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
252b5132
RH
2104
2105@kindex -R
2106@cindex data and text sections, joining
2107@cindex text and data sections, joining
2108@cindex joining text and data sections
2109@cindex merging text and data sections
a4fb0134 2110@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
252b5132
RH
2111data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
2112the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
2113section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
2114your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
2115appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
2116
a4fb0134 2117When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
252b5132
RH
2118address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
2119data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
a4fb0134 2120older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
252b5132 2121
c1253627
NC
2122@ifset COFF-ELF
2123When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
252b5132
RH
2124this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
2125@samp{.data}.
2126@end ifset
2127
2128@ifset HPPA
a4fb0134
SC
2129@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
2130@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2131@end ifset
2132
2133@node statistics
a4fb0134 2134@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
252b5132
RH
2135
2136@kindex --statistics
2137@cindex statistics, about assembly
2138@cindex time, total for assembly
2139@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
2140Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
a4fb0134 2141@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
252b5132
RH
2142(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
2143seconds).
2144
2145@node traditional-format
c1253627 2146@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
252b5132
RH
2147
2148@kindex --traditional-format
a4fb0134 2149For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
252b5132 2150from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
a4fb0134 2151@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
252b5132
RH
2152
2153For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
a4fb0134 2154@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
252b5132
RH
2155
2156@node v
a4fb0134 2157@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
252b5132
RH
2158
2159@kindex -v
2160@kindex -version
2161@cindex assembler version
2162@cindex version of assembler
2163You can find out what version of as is running by including the
2164option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
2165command line.
2166
2167@node W
a4fb0134 2168@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
252b5132 2169
a4fb0134 2170@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
252b5132 2171assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
a4fb0134 2172cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
252b5132 2173made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
2bdd6cf5 2174
c1253627
NC
2175@kindex -W
2176@kindex --no-warn
2bdd6cf5
GK
2177@cindex suppressing warnings
2178@cindex warnings, suppressing
a4fb0134 2179If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
2bdd6cf5 2180This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
a4fb0134 2181how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
2bdd6cf5
GK
2182are still reported.
2183
c1253627 2184@kindex --fatal-warnings
2bdd6cf5
GK
2185@cindex errors, caused by warnings
2186@cindex warnings, causing error
a4fb0134 2187If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
2bdd6cf5
GK
2188files that generate warnings to be in error.
2189
c1253627 2190@kindex --warn
2bdd6cf5 2191@cindex warnings, switching on
a4fb0134 2192You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
2bdd6cf5 2193causes warnings to be output as usual.
252b5132
RH
2194
2195@node Z
a4fb0134 2196@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
252b5132
RH
2197@cindex object file, after errors
2198@cindex errors, continuing after
a4fb0134 2199After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
252b5132 2200some reason you are interested in object file output even after
a4fb0134
SC
2201@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
2202option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
252b5132
RH
2203writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
2204errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
2205
2206@node Syntax
2207@chapter Syntax
2208
2209@cindex machine-independent syntax
2210@cindex syntax, machine-independent
2211This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
a4fb0134 2212source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
252b5132
RH
2213assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
2214@ifclear VAX
2215assembler.
2216@end ifclear
2217@ifset VAX
a4fb0134 2218assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
252b5132
RH
2219@end ifset
2220
2221@menu
2222* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
2223* Whitespace:: Whitespace
2224* Comments:: Comments
2225* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
2226* Statements:: Statements
2227* Constants:: Constants
2228@end menu
2229
2230@node Preprocessing
2231@section Preprocessing
2232
2233@cindex preprocessing
a4fb0134 2234The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
252b5132
RH
2235@itemize @bullet
2236@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
2237@item
2238adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
2239the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
2240a single space.
2241
2242@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
2243@item
2244removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
2245appropriate number of newlines.
2246
2247@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
2248@item
2249converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
2250@end itemize
2251
2252It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
2253anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
2254do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
2255(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
c1253627 2256to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
96e9638b 2257@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options, ,Options Controlling the Kind of
252b5132
RH
2258Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
2259
2260Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
2261cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
2262preprocessed.
2263
2264@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
2265@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
2266@kindex #NO_APP
2267@kindex #APP
2268If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
2269@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
2270Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
2271specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
2272text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
2273@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
2274@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
2275and whitespace.
2276
2277@node Whitespace
2278@section Whitespace
2279
2280@cindex whitespace
2281@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
2282Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
2283people to read. Unless within character constants
2284(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
2285as exactly one space.
2286
2287@node Comments
2288@section Comments
2289
2290@cindex comments
a4fb0134 2291There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
252b5132
RH
2292cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
2293
2294Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
2295This means you may not nest these comments.
2296
2297@smallexample
2298/*
2299 The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
2300 is to use this sort of comment.
2301*/
2302
2303/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
2304@end smallexample
2305
2306@cindex line comment character
2307Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
2308is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
252b5132
RH
2309@ifset ARC
2310@samp{;} on the ARC;
2311@end ifset
550262c4
NC
2312@ifset ARM
2313@samp{@@} on the ARM;
2314@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2315@ifset H8/300
2316@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
2317@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2318@ifset HPPA
2319@samp{;} for the HPPA;
2320@end ifset
55b62671
AJ
2321@ifset I80386
2322@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
2323@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2324@ifset I960
2325@samp{#} on the i960;
2326@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
2327@ifset PDP11
2328@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
2329@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
2330@ifset PJ
2331@samp{;} for picoJava;
2332@end ifset
418c1742 2333@ifset PPC
3fb9d77f 2334@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
418c1742 2335@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
2336@ifset S390
2337@samp{#} for IBM S/390;
2338@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
2339@ifset SCORE
2340@samp{#} for the Sunplus SCORE;
2341@end ifset
252b5132 2342@ifset SH
ef230218 2343@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
252b5132
RH
2344@end ifset
2345@ifset SPARC
2346@samp{!} on the SPARC;
2347@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
2348@ifset IP2K
2349@samp{#} on the ip2k;
2350@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
2351@ifset M32C
2352@samp{#} on the m32c;
2353@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2354@ifset M32R
2355@samp{#} on the m32r;
2356@end ifset
2357@ifset M680X0
2358@samp{|} on the 680x0;
2359@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
2360@ifset M68HC11
2361@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
2362@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
2363@ifset RX
2364@samp{#} on the RX;
2365@end ifset
40b36596
JM
2366@ifset TIC6X
2367@samp{;} on the TMS320C6X;
2368@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2369@ifset VAX
2370@samp{#} on the Vax;
2371@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
2372@ifset Z80
2373@samp{;} for the Z80;
2374@end ifset
252b5132
RH
2375@ifset Z8000
2376@samp{!} for the Z8000;
2377@end ifset
2378@ifset V850
2379@samp{#} on the V850;
2380@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
2381@ifset XTENSA
2382@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
2383@end ifset
252b5132 2384see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
81b0b3f1 2385@c FIXME What about i860?
252b5132
RH
2386
2387@ifset GENERIC
2388On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
2389character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
2390a line, while the other always begins a comment.
2391@end ifset
2392
2393@ifset V850
2394The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
2395extends to the end of the line.
2396
2397@samp{--};
2398@end ifset
2399
2400@kindex #
2401@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
2402@cindex logical line numbers
2403To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
2404special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
2405expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
96e9638b 2406line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings, ,Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
252b5132
RH
2407new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
2408
2409If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
2410the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
2411
2412@smallexample
2413 # This is an ordinary comment.
2414# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
2415 # This is logical line # 36.
2416@end smallexample
2417This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
a4fb0134 2418of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2419
2420@node Symbol Intro
2421@section Symbols
2422
2423@cindex characters used in symbols
2424@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
2425A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2426letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2427@samp{_.$}.
2428@end ifclear
2429@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
2430@ifclear GENERIC
2431@ifset H8
2432A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
2433letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
2434@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
2435symbol names.)
2436@end ifset
2437@end ifclear
2438@end ifset
2439@ifset GENERIC
2440On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
2441are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
2442@end ifset
2443No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
2444There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
2445delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
2446(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
2447not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
2448@cindex length of symbols
2449
2450@node Statements
2451@section Statements
2452
2453@cindex statements, structure of
2454@cindex line separator character
2455@cindex statement separator character
2456@ifclear GENERIC
2457@ifclear abnormal-separator
2458A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
2459semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
2460the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
2461constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2462@end ifclear
2463@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132 2464@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2465A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
252b5132
RH
2466point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
2467preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
2468constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2469@end ifset
2470@ifset H8
2471A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
7be1c489 2472H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the Renesas-SH) a semicolon
252b5132
RH
2473(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
2474the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
2475constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
2476@end ifset
2477@end ifset
2478@end ifclear
2479@ifset GENERIC
2480A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
96e9638b
BW
2481separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless this
2482conflicts with the comment character; see @ref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
252b5132
RH
2483newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
2484statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
2485exception: they do not end statements.
2486@end ifset
2487
2488@cindex newline, required at file end
2489@cindex EOF, newline must precede
2490It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
2491character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
2492
2493An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
2494
2495@cindex instructions and directives
2496@cindex directives and instructions
2497@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
2498@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
2499@c 13feb91.
2500A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
2501key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
2502symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
2503symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
2504directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
2505a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
2506assembles into a machine language instruction.
2507@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2508Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
252b5132
RH
2509recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
2510represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
2511language.@refill
2512@end ifset
2513
2514@cindex @code{:} (label)
2515@cindex label (@code{:})
2516A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
2517Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
2518have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
2519
2520@ifset HPPA
01642c12 2521For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
252b5132
RH
2522the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
2523only one label may be defined on each line.
2524@end ifset
2525
2526@smallexample
2527label: .directive followed by something
2528another_label: # This is an empty statement.
2529 instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
2530@end smallexample
2531
2532@node Constants
2533@section Constants
2534
2535@cindex constants
2536A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
2537inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
2538@smallexample
2539@group
2540.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
2541.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
2542.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
2543.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
254495028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
2545@end group
2546@end smallexample
2547
2548@menu
2549* Characters:: Character Constants
2550* Numbers:: Number Constants
2551@end menu
2552
2553@node Characters
2554@subsection Character Constants
2555
2556@cindex character constants
2557@cindex constants, character
2558There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
2559for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
2560numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
2561@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
2562used in arithmetic expressions.
2563
2564@menu
2565* Strings:: Strings
2566* Chars:: Characters
2567@end menu
2568
2569@node Strings
2570@subsubsection Strings
2571
2572@cindex string constants
2573@cindex constants, string
2574A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
2575double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
2576into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
2577a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
2578one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
a4fb0134
SC
2579@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
2580(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
252b5132
RH
2581escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
2582
2583@cindex escape codes, character
2584@cindex character escape codes
2585@table @kbd
2586@c @item \a
2587@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
2588@c
2589@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
2590@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
2591@item \b
2592Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
2593
2594@c @item \e
2595@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
2596@c
2597@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
2598@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
2599@item \f
2600Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
2601
2602@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
2603@cindex newline (@code{\n})
2604@item \n
2605Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
2606
2607@c @item \p
2608@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
2609@c
2610@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
2611@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
2612@item \r
2613Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
2614
2615@c @item \s
2616@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
2617@c other assemblers.
2618@c
2619@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
2620@cindex tab (@code{\t})
2621@item \t
2622Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
2623
2624@c @item \v
2625@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
2626@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2627@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
2628@c
2629@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
2630@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
2631@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
2632An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
2633For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
2634for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
2635
2636@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
2637@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
2638@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
2639A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
2640lower case @code{x} works.
2641
2642@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
2643@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
2644@item \\
2645Represents one @samp{\} character.
2646
2647@c @item \'
2648@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
2649@c This is needed in single character literals
2650@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
2651@c a @samp{'}.
2652@c
2653@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
2654@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
2655@item \"
2656Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
2657this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
2658
2659@item \ @var{anything-else}
2660Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
2661assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
2662you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
a4fb0134
SC
2663interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
2664other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
252b5132
RH
2665code and warns you of the fact.
2666@end table
2667
2668Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
2669varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
2670the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
2671compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
2672sequence.
2673
2674@node Chars
2675@subsubsection Characters
2676
2677@cindex single character constant
2678@cindex character, single
2679@cindex constant, single character
2680A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
2681followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
2682to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
2683must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
2684@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
2685grave accent. A newline
2686@ifclear GENERIC
2687@ifclear abnormal-separator
2688(or semicolon @samp{;})
2689@end ifclear
2690@ifset abnormal-separator
252b5132
RH
2691@ifset H8
2692(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
7be1c489 2693Renesas SH)
252b5132
RH
2694@end ifset
2695@end ifset
2696@end ifclear
2697immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
2698and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
2699constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
a4fb0134 2700that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
252b5132
RH
2701@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
2702
2703@node Numbers
2704@subsection Number Constants
2705
2706@cindex constants, number
2707@cindex number constants
a4fb0134 2708@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
252b5132
RH
2709are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
2710would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
2711integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
2712are floating point numbers, described below.
2713
2714@menu
2715* Integers:: Integers
2716* Bignums:: Bignums
2717* Flonums:: Flonums
2718@ifclear GENERIC
2719@ifset I960
2720* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
2721@end ifset
2722@end ifclear
2723@end menu
2724
2725@node Integers
2726@subsubsection Integers
2727@cindex integers
2728@cindex constants, integer
2729
2730@cindex binary integers
2731@cindex integers, binary
2732A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
2733the binary digits @samp{01}.
2734
2735@cindex octal integers
2736@cindex integers, octal
2737An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
2738digits (@samp{01234567}).
2739
2740@cindex decimal integers
2741@cindex integers, decimal
2742A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
2743more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
2744
2745@cindex hexadecimal integers
2746@cindex integers, hexadecimal
2747A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
2748more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
2749
2750Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
2751the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
2752(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
2753
2754@node Bignums
2755@subsubsection Bignums
2756
2757@cindex bignums
2758@cindex constants, bignum
2759A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
2760except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
2761represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
2762integers are permitted while bignums are not.
2763
2764@node Flonums
2765@subsubsection Flonums
2766@cindex flonums
2767@cindex floating point numbers
2768@cindex constants, floating point
2769
2770@cindex precision, floating point
2771A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
2772indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
a4fb0134 2773@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
252b5132
RH
2774sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
2775to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
a4fb0134 2776portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
252b5132
RH
2777
2778A flonum is written by writing (in order)
2779@itemize @bullet
2780@item
2781The digit @samp{0}.
2782@ifset HPPA
2783(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
2784@end ifset
2785
2786@item
a4fb0134 2787A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
252b5132
RH
2788@ifset GENERIC
2789@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
2790@ignore
2791@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
2792(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
27934.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
2794@end ignore
2795
7be1c489 2796On the H8/300, Renesas / SuperH SH,
252b5132
RH
2797and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
2798one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2799
2800On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
2801(in upper or lower case).
2802
2803On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
2804one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2805
2806On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
2807@end ifset
2808@ifclear GENERIC
252b5132
RH
2809@ifset ARC
2810One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
2811@end ifset
2812@ifset H8
2813One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
2814@end ifset
2815@ifset HPPA
2816The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
2817@end ifset
2818@ifset I960
2819One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
2820@end ifset
2821@end ifclear
2822
2823@item
2824An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2825
2826@item
2827An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
2828
2829@item
2830An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
2831or more decimal digits.
2832
2833@item
2834An optional exponent, consisting of:
2835
2836@itemize @bullet
2837@item
2838An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
2839@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
2840@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
2841@item
2842Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
2843@item
2844One or more decimal digits.
2845@end itemize
2846
2847@end itemize
2848
2849At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
2850present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
2851
a4fb0134 2852@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
252b5132 2853independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
a4fb0134 2854@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
2855
2856@ifclear GENERIC
2857@ifset I960
2858@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
2859@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
2860@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
2861@node Bit Fields
2862@subsubsection Bit Fields
2863
2864@cindex bit fields
2865@cindex constants, bit field
2866You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
b45619c0 2867Specify two numbers separated by a colon---
252b5132
RH
2868@example
2869@var{mask}:@var{value}
2870@end example
2871@noindent
a4fb0134 2872@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
252b5132
RH
2873@var{value}.
2874
2875The resulting number is then packed
2876@ifset GENERIC
2877@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
2878(in host-dependent byte order)
2879@end ifset
2880into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
2881bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
2882requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
2883more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
2884least significant digits.@refill
2885
2886The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
2887@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
2888@end ifset
2889@end ifclear
2890
2891@node Sections
2892@chapter Sections and Relocation
2893@cindex sections
2894@cindex relocation
2895
2896@menu
2897* Secs Background:: Background
2898* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
2899* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
2900* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
2901* bss:: bss Section
2902@end menu
2903
2904@node Secs Background
2905@section Background
2906
2907Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
2908``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
2909For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
2910
2911@cindex linker, and assembler
2912@cindex assembler, and linker
2913The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
a4fb0134 2914combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
2915emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
2916@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
2917different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
a4fb0134 2918oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
252b5132
RH
2919sections.
2920
2921@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
2922addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
2923units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
2924within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
2925run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
2926the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
2927the proper run-time addresses.
2928@ifset H8
7be1c489 2929For the H8/300, and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
a4fb0134 2930@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
252b5132
RH
2931ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
2932@end ifset
2933
2934@cindex standard assembler sections
a4fb0134 2935An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
252b5132
RH
2936of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
2937@dfn{bss} sections.
2938
c1253627 2939@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 2940@ifset GENERIC
c1253627 2941When it generates COFF or ELF output,
252b5132 2942@end ifset
a4fb0134 2943@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
252b5132
RH
2944using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
2945If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
2946or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
2947@end ifset
2948
2949@ifset HPPA
2950@ifset GENERIC
a4fb0134 2951When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
252b5132 2952@end ifset
a4fb0134 2953@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
252b5132
RH
2954specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
2955@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
2956(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
2957assembler directives.
2958
2959@ifset SOM
a4fb0134 2960Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
252b5132
RH
2961text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
2962is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
2963BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
2964@end ifset
2965@end ifset
2966
2967Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
2968data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
2969
2970@ifset HPPA
2971When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
2972section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
2973@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
2974@end ifset
2975
2976To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
a4fb0134 2977relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
252b5132
RH
2978object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
2979@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
2980file is mentioned:
2981@itemize @bullet
2982@item
2983Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
2984an address?
2985@item
2986How long (in bytes) is this reference?
2987@item
2988Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
2989@display
2990(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
2991@end display
2992@item
2993Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
2994@end itemize
2995
2996@cindex addresses, format of
2997@cindex section-relative addressing
a4fb0134 2998In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
252b5132
RH
2999@display
3000(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
3001@end display
3002@noindent
a4fb0134 3003Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
252b5132
RH
3004nature.
3005@ifset SOM
3006(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
3007symbol-relative instead.)
3008@end ifset
3009
3010In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
3011@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
3012
3013Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
3014@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
3015addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
3016@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
3017@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
3018data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
3019their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
3020part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
3021address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
3022
3023The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
3024address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
3025rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
3026Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
3027address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
3028common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
3029time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
3030
3031By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
3032the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
3033sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
3034customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
3035the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
3036data and bss sections.
3037
3038Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
a4fb0134 3039use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
252b5132
RH
3040
3041@node Ld Sections
3042@section Linker Sections
3043@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
3044
3045@table @strong
3046
c1253627 3047@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3048@cindex named sections
3049@cindex sections, named
3050@item named sections
3051@end ifset
3052@ifset aout-bout
3053@cindex text section
3054@cindex data section
3055@itemx text section
3056@itemx data section
3057@end ifset
a4fb0134 3058These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
252b5132 3059separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
c1253627
NC
3060true of another.
3061@c @ifset aout-bout
252b5132
RH
3062When the program is running, however, it is
3063customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
3064text section is often shared among processes: it contains
3065instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
3066program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
3067in the data section.
c1253627 3068@c @end ifset
252b5132
RH
3069
3070@cindex bss section
3071@item bss section
3072This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
a349d9dd 3073is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
252b5132
RH
3074each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
3075out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
3076bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
3077those explicit zeros from object files.
3078
3079@cindex absolute section
3080@item absolute section
3081Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
3082This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
3083not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
3084addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
3085
3086@cindex undefined section
3087@item undefined section
3088This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
3089the preceding sections.
3090@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
3091@end table
3092
3093@cindex relocation example
3094An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
c1253627 3095@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3096The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
3097@end ifset
3098Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
3099
3100@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3101@ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3102@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3103@smallexample
3104 +-----+----+--+
3105partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
3106 +-----+----+--+
3107
3108 text data bss
3109 seg. seg. seg.
3110
3111 +---+---+---+
3112partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
3113 +---+---+---+
3114
3115 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3116linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
3117 +--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
3118
3119 addresses: 0 @dots{}
3120@end smallexample
3121@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
c1253627 3122@end ifnottex
252b5132
RH
3123@need 5000
3124@tex
c1253627 3125\bigskip
252b5132
RH
3126\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
3127\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3128\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
3129
3130\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
3131\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3132\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
3133
3134\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
3135\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
3136\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
3137ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
3138DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
3139
3140\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
3141\line{0\dots\hfil}
3142
3143@end tex
3144@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
3145
3146@node As Sections
3147@section Assembler Internal Sections
3148
3149@cindex internal assembler sections
3150@cindex sections in messages, internal
a4fb0134 3151These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
252b5132 3152have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
a4fb0134 3153sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132 3154warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
a4fb0134 3155meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
252b5132
RH
3156value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
3157section-relative address.
3158
3159@table @b
3160@cindex assembler internal logic error
3161@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
3162An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
3163bug in the assembler.
3164
3165@cindex expr (internal section)
3166@item expr section
3167The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
3168symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
3169it in the expr section.
3170@c FIXME item debug
3171@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
3172@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
3173@c FIXME item register
3174@end table
3175
3176@node Sub-Sections
3177@section Sub-Sections
3178
3179@cindex numbered subsections
3180@cindex grouping data
3181@ifset aout-bout
3182Assembled bytes
c1253627 3183@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132
RH
3184conventionally
3185@end ifset
3186fall into two sections: text and data.
3187@end ifset
3188You may have separate groups of
3189@ifset GENERIC
3190data in named sections
3191@end ifset
3192@ifclear GENERIC
3193@ifclear aout-bout
3194data in named sections
3195@end ifclear
3196@ifset aout-bout
3197text or data
3198@end ifset
3199@end ifclear
3200that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
a4fb0134 3201are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
252b5132
RH
3202use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
3203numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
3204same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
3205subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
3206section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
3207assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
3208section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
3209constants being output.
3210
3211Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
3212goes in subsection number zero.
3213
3214@ifset GENERIC
3215Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
3216(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
a4fb0134 3217of @command{@value{AS}}.)
252b5132
RH
3218@end ifset
3219@ifclear GENERIC
3220@ifset H8
7be1c489 3221On the H8/300 platform, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
252b5132 3222boundary (two bytes).
c2dcd04e 3223The same is true on the Renesas SH.
252b5132
RH
3224@end ifset
3225@ifset I960
3226@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
3227@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
3228@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
3229@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
3230@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
3231@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
3232@end ifset
252b5132
RH
3233@end ifclear
3234
3235Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
3236to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
3237The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
3238other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
3239They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
3240data subsections as a data section.
3241
3242To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
3243into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
3244@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
ed9589d4 3245@ifset COFF
252b5132 3246@ifset GENERIC
ed9589d4 3247When generating COFF output, you
252b5132
RH
3248@end ifset
3249@ifclear GENERIC
3250You
3251@end ifclear
3252can also use an extra subsection
3253argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
3254@var{expression}}.
3255@end ifset
ed9589d4
BW
3256@ifset ELF
3257@ifset GENERIC
3258When generating ELF output, you
3259@end ifset
3260@ifclear GENERIC
3261You
3262@end ifclear
3263can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
3264to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
3265@end ifset
96e9638b
BW
3266@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression
3267(@pxref{Expressions}). If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
252b5132
RH
3268is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
3269begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
3270@smallexample
3271.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
3272.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
3273.text 1
3274.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
3275.data 0
3276.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
3277.ascii "in the first data subsection."
3278.text 0
3279.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
3280.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
3281@end smallexample
3282
3283Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
3284assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
a4fb0134 3285restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
252b5132
RH
3286counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
3287@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
3288current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
3289assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
3290
3291@node bss
3292@section bss Section
3293
3294@cindex bss section
3295@cindex common variable storage
3296The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
3297You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
3298not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
3299your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
3300section are zeroed bytes.
3301
3302The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
3303@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
3304
3305The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
96e9638b 3306another form of uninitialized symbol; see @ref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
252b5132
RH
3307
3308@ifset GENERIC
3309When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
3310COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
3311see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
3312section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
3313@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
3314@end ifset
3315
3316@node Symbols
3317@chapter Symbols
3318
3319@cindex symbols
3320Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
3321things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
3322to debug.
3323
3324@quotation
3325@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
a4fb0134 3326@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
252b5132
RH
3327the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
3328@end quotation
3329
3330@menu
3331* Labels:: Labels
3332* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
3333* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
3334* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
3335* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
3336@end menu
3337
3338@node Labels
3339@section Labels
3340
3341@cindex labels
3342A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
3343@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
3344active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
3345operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
3346different locations: the first definition overrides any other
3347definitions.
3348
3349@ifset HPPA
3350On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
3351colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
a4fb0134 3352a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
252b5132
RH
3353provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
3354@end ifset
3355
3356@node Setting Symbols
3357@section Giving Symbols Other Values
3358
3359@cindex assigning values to symbols
3360@cindex symbol values, assigning
3361A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
3362by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
3363(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
9497f5ac
NC
3364directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}. In the same way, using a double
3365equals sign @samp{=}@samp{=} here represents an equivalent of the
3366@code{.eqv} directive. @xref{Eqv,,@code{.eqv}}.
252b5132 3367
f8739b83
JZ
3368@ifset Blackfin
3369Blackfin does not support symbol assignment with @samp{=}.
3370@end ifset
3371
252b5132
RH
3372@node Symbol Names
3373@section Symbol Names
3374
3375@cindex symbol names
3376@cindex names, symbol
3377@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
3378Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
3379machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
3380noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
96e9638b
BW
3381string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted for a
3382particular target machine), and underscores.
252b5132 3383@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3384@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
3385@ifset H8
3386Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
7be1c489 3387Renesas SH you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
c2dcd04e
NC
3388character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
3389on the H8/300), and underscores.
252b5132
RH
3390@end ifset
3391@end ifset
3392
3393Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
3394than @code{Foo}.
3395
3396Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
3397refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
3398in a program.
3399
3400@subheading Local Symbol Names
3401
3402@cindex local symbol names
3403@cindex symbol names, local
ba83aca1
BW
3404A local symbol is any symbol beginning with certain local label prefixes.
3405By default, the local label prefix is @samp{.L} for ELF systems or
3406@samp{L} for traditional a.out systems, but each target may have its own
3407set of local label prefixes.
3408@ifset HPPA
3409On the HPPA local symbols begin with @samp{L$}.
3410@end ifset
3411
3412Local symbols are defined and used within the assembler, but they are
3413normally not saved in object files. Thus, they are not visible when debugging.
3414You may use the @samp{-L} option (@pxref{L, ,Include Local Symbols:
3415@option{-L}}) to retain the local symbols in the object files.
3416
3417@subheading Local Labels
3418
3419@cindex local labels
252b5132
RH
3420@cindex temporary symbol names
3421@cindex symbol names, temporary
ba83aca1 3422Local labels help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
2d5aaba0
NC
3423They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
3424the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
ba83aca1 3425To define a local label, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
2d5aaba0 3426represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
ba83aca1 3427definition of that label write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
2d5aaba0 3428you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
96e9638b 3429@samp{@b{N}f}---the @samp{b} stands for ``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
2d5aaba0
NC
3430for ``forwards''.
3431
3432There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
3433too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
3434the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
3435defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
3436definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
3437noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
3438implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
3439
3440Here is an example:
3441
3442@smallexample
34431: branch 1f
34442: branch 1b
34451: branch 2f
34462: branch 1b
3447@end smallexample
3448
3449Which is the equivalent of:
3450
3451@smallexample
3452label_1: branch label_3
3453label_2: branch label_1
3454label_3: branch label_4
3455label_4: branch label_3
3456@end smallexample
3457
ba83aca1 3458Local label names are only a notational device. They are immediately
2d5aaba0 3459transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
96e9638b
BW
3460The symbol names are stored in the symbol table, appear in error messages, and
3461are optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using
3462these parts:
252b5132
RH
3463
3464@table @code
ba83aca1
BW
3465@item @emph{local label prefix}
3466All local symbols begin with the system-specific local label prefix.
3467Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} forget symbols
3468that start with the local label prefix. These labels are
252b5132 3469used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
a4fb0134 3470@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
252b5132
RH
3471object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
3472you may use them in debugging.
3473
2d5aaba0
NC
3474@item @var{number}
3475This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
01642c12 3476label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
252b5132 3477
2d5aaba0
NC
3478@item @kbd{C-B}
3479This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
3480of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
252b5132
RH
3481
3482@item @emph{ordinal number}
2d5aaba0 3483This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
01642c12 3484@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
2d5aaba0 3485number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
b45619c0 3486the number @samp{1} and its 15th definition gets @samp{15} as well.
252b5132
RH
3487@end table
3488
ba83aca1
BW
3489So for example, the first @code{1:} may be named @code{.L1@kbd{C-B}1}, and
3490the 44th @code{3:} may be named @code{.L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3491
3492@subheading Dollar Local Labels
3493@cindex dollar local symbols
3494
3495@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
96e9638b
BW
3496dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (i.e., they become undefined) as
3497soon as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
2d5aaba0
NC
3498region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
3499scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
3500the same local label.
3501
3502Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
77cca80f
NC
3503except that they have a dollar sign suffix to their numeric value, e.g.,
3504@samp{@b{55$:}}.
2d5aaba0
NC
3505
3506They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
96e9638b
BW
3507names which use ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
3508to distinguish them from ordinary labels. For example, the fifth definition of
ba83aca1 3509@samp{6$} may be named @samp{.L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
252b5132
RH
3510
3511@node Dot
3512@section The Special Dot Symbol
3513
3514@cindex dot (symbol)
3515@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
3516@cindex current address
3517@cindex location counter
3518The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
a4fb0134 3519@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
252b5132
RH
3520.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
3521Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
884f0d36 3522directive.
252b5132 3523@ifclear no-space-dir
884f0d36 3524Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
252b5132
RH
3525@samp{.space 4}.
3526@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
3527
3528@node Symbol Attributes
3529@section Symbol Attributes
3530
3531@cindex symbol attributes
3532@cindex attributes, symbol
3533Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
3534``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
3535attributes.
3536@ifset INTERNALS
3537The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
3538@end ifset
3539
a4fb0134 3540If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
252b5132
RH
3541all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
3542symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
3543would want.
3544
3545@menu
3546* Symbol Value:: Value
3547* Symbol Type:: Type
3548@ifset aout-bout
3549@ifset GENERIC
3550* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3551@end ifset
3552@ifclear GENERIC
3553@ifclear BOUT
3554* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3555@end ifclear
3556@ifset BOUT
3557* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3558@end ifset
3559@end ifclear
3560@end ifset
3561@ifset COFF
3562* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
3563@end ifset
3564@ifset SOM
3565* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
3566@end ifset
3567@end menu
3568
3569@node Symbol Value
3570@subsection Value
3571
3572@cindex value of a symbol
3573@cindex symbol value
3574The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
3575location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
3576number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
3577Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
3578as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
3579symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
3580called absolute.
3581
3582The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
35830 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
3584@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
3585same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
3586name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
3587common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
3588bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
3589allocated storage.
3590
3591@node Symbol Type
3592@subsection Type
3593
3594@cindex type of a symbol
3595@cindex symbol type
3596The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
3597information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
3598(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
3599format depends on the object-code output format in use.
3600
3601@ifset aout-bout
3602@ifclear GENERIC
3603@ifset BOUT
3604@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
3605@c better if it were available outside examples.
3606@need 1000
3607@node a.out Symbols
3608@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
3609
3610@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
3611@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 3612These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
252b5132
RH
3613one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
3614@code{b.out}.
3615
3616@end ifset
3617@ifclear BOUT
3618@node a.out Symbols
3619@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3620
3621@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3622@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3623
3624@end ifclear
3625@end ifclear
3626@ifset GENERIC
3627@node a.out Symbols
3628@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
3629
3630@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
3631@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
3632
3633@end ifset
3634@menu
3635* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
3636* Symbol Other:: Other
3637@end menu
3638
3639@node Symbol Desc
3640@subsubsection Descriptor
3641
3642@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
3643This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
3644descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
3645(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
a4fb0134 3646@command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3647
3648@node Symbol Other
3649@subsubsection Other
3650
3651@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
a4fb0134 3652This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
3653@end ifset
3654
3655@ifset COFF
3656@node COFF Symbols
3657@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
3658
3659@cindex COFF symbol attributes
3660@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
3661
3662The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
3663like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
3664@code{.endef} directives.
3665
3666@subsubsection Primary Attributes
3667
3668@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
3669The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
3670respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
3671
3672@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
3673
3674@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
a4fb0134 3675The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
c87db184
CF
3676@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
3677table information for COFF.
252b5132
RH
3678@end ifset
3679
3680@ifset SOM
3681@node SOM Symbols
3682@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
3683
3684@cindex SOM symbol attributes
3685@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
3686
3687The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
3688the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
3689
01642c12 3690The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
252b5132
RH
3691Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
3692@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
3693@end ifset
3694
3695@node Expressions
3696@chapter Expressions
3697
3698@cindex expressions
3699@cindex addresses
3700@cindex numeric values
3701An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
3702Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
3703
3704The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
3705a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
a4fb0134 3706enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
252b5132
RH
3707section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
3708the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
a4fb0134 3709@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
252b5132
RH
3710
3711@menu
3712* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
3713* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
3714@end menu
3715
3716@node Empty Exprs
3717@section Empty Expressions
3718
3719@cindex empty expressions
3720@cindex expressions, empty
3721An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
3722Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
a4fb0134 3723expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
252b5132
RH
3724is compatible with other assemblers.
3725
3726@node Integer Exprs
3727@section Integer Expressions
3728
3729@cindex integer expressions
3730@cindex expressions, integer
3731An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
3732by @emph{operators}.
3733
3734@menu
3735* Arguments:: Arguments
3736* Operators:: Operators
3737* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
3738* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
3739@end menu
3740
3741@node Arguments
3742@subsection Arguments
3743
3744@cindex expression arguments
3745@cindex arguments in expressions
3746@cindex operands in expressions
3747@cindex arithmetic operands
3748@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
3749contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
3750this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
3751the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
3752expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
3753instruction operands.
3754
3755Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
3756@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
3757or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
3758integer.
3759
3760Numbers are usually integers.
3761
3762A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
a4fb0134 3763that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
252b5132
RH
3764these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
3765instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
3766assemblers.
3767
3768@cindex subexpressions
3769Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
3770expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
3771operator followed by an argument.
3772
3773@node Operators
3774@subsection Operators
3775
3776@cindex operators, in expressions
3777@cindex arithmetic functions
3778@cindex functions, in expressions
3779@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
3780operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
3781between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
3782whitespace.
3783
3784@node Prefix Ops
3785@subsection Prefix Operator
3786
3787@cindex prefix operators
a4fb0134 3788@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
252b5132
RH
3789one argument, which must be absolute.
3790
3791@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
3792@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
3793@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
3794@tex
3795\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
3796@end tex
3797
3798@table @code
3799@item -
3800@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
3801@item ~
3802@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
3803@end table
3804
3805@tex
3806\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
3807@end tex
3808
3809@node Infix Ops
3810@subsection Infix Operators
3811
3812@cindex infix operators
3813@cindex operators, permitted arguments
3814@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
3815have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
a4fb0134 3816to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
252b5132
RH
3817absolute, and the result is absolute.
3818
3819@enumerate
3820@cindex operator precedence
3821@cindex precedence of operators
3822
3823@item
3824Highest Precedence
3825
3826@table @code
3827@item *
3828@dfn{Multiplication}.
3829
3830@item /
3831@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
3832
3833@item %
3834@dfn{Remainder}.
3835
d1eac9d9 3836@item <<
252b5132
RH
3837@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
3838
d1eac9d9 3839@item >>
252b5132
RH
3840@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
3841@end table
3842
3843@item
3844Intermediate precedence
3845
3846@table @code
3847@item |
3848
3849@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
3850
3851@item &
3852@dfn{Bitwise And}.
3853
3854@item ^
3855@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
3856
3857@item !
3858@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
3859@end table
3860
3861@item
b131d4dc 3862Low Precedence
252b5132
RH
3863
3864@table @code
3865@cindex addition, permitted arguments
3866@cindex plus, permitted arguments
3867@cindex arguments for addition
3868@item +
3869@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
3870the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
3871sections.
3872
3873@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
3874@cindex minus, permitted arguments
3875@cindex arguments for subtraction
3876@item -
3877@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
3878result has the section of the left argument.
3879If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
3880You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
3881@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
b131d4dc
NC
3882
3883@cindex comparison expressions
3884@cindex expressions, comparison
3885@item ==
3886@dfn{Is Equal To}
3887@item <>
723a8472 3888@itemx !=
b131d4dc
NC
3889@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
3890@item <
3891@dfn{Is Less Than}
d1eac9d9 3892@item >
b131d4dc 3893@dfn{Is Greater Than}
d1eac9d9 3894@item >=
b131d4dc 3895@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
d1eac9d9 3896@item <=
b131d4dc
NC
3897@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
3898
3899The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
3900value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
3901perform signed comparisons.
3902@end table
3903
3904@item Lowest Precedence
3905
3906@table @code
3907@item &&
3908@dfn{Logical And}.
3909
3910@item ||
3911@dfn{Logical Or}.
3912
3913These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
3914expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
3915value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
3916or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
3917
252b5132
RH
3918@end table
3919@end enumerate
3920
3921In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
3922address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
3923
3924@node Pseudo Ops
3925@chapter Assembler Directives
3926
3927@cindex directives, machine independent
3928@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
3929@cindex machine independent directives
3930All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
3931The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
3932
3933This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
3934target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
3935@ifset GENERIC
3936Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
3937@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
3938@end ifset
3939@ifclear GENERIC
3940@ifset machine-directives
96e9638b 3941@xref{Machine Dependencies}, for additional directives.
252b5132
RH
3942@end ifset
3943@end ifclear
3944
3945@menu
3946* Abort:: @code{.abort}
3947@ifset COFF
38a57ae7 3948* ABORT (COFF):: @code{.ABORT}
252b5132 3949@end ifset
f0dc282c 3950
252b5132 3951* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
caa32fe5 3952* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
252b5132
RH
3953* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3954* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
3955* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
3956* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4b7d318b 3957* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
ccf8a69b 3958* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
252b5132
RH
3959* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
3960@ifset COFF
3961* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
3962@end ifset
3963@ifset aout-bout
3964* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
3965@end ifset
3966@ifset COFF
3967* Dim:: @code{.dim}
3968@end ifset
f0dc282c 3969
252b5132
RH
3970* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
3971* Eject:: @code{.eject}
3972* Else:: @code{.else}
3fd9f047 3973* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
252b5132
RH
3974* End:: @code{.end}
3975@ifset COFF
3976* Endef:: @code{.endef}
3977@end ifset
f0dc282c 3978
252b5132
RH
3979* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
3980* Endif:: @code{.endif}
3981* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
3982* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
9497f5ac 3983* Eqv:: @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
252b5132 3984* Err:: @code{.err}
d190d046 3985* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
252b5132
RH
3986* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
3987* Extern:: @code{.extern}
3988* Fail:: @code{.fail}
14082c76 3989* File:: @code{.file}
252b5132
RH
3990* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
3991* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
01642c12 3992* Func:: @code{.func}
252b5132 3993* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
c91d2e08 3994@ifset ELF
3a99f02f 3995* Gnu_attribute:: @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
c91d2e08
NC
3996* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
3997@end ifset
f0dc282c 3998
252b5132
RH
3999* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4000* Ident:: @code{.ident}
4001* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
7e005732 4002* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
252b5132
RH
4003* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4004* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
c91d2e08
NC
4005@ifset ELF
4006* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
4007@end ifset
f0dc282c 4008
252b5132
RH
4009* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4010* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
4011* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
4012* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
4013@ifclear no-line-dir
4014* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
4015@end ifclear
f0dc282c 4016
252b5132
RH
4017* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
4018* List:: @code{.list}
bd0eb99b 4019* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
14082c76
BW
4020* Loc:: @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno}}
4021* Loc_mark_labels:: @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
4d4175af
BW
4022@ifset ELF
4023* Local:: @code{.local @var{names}}
4024@end ifset
bd0eb99b 4025
252b5132
RH
4026* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
4027@ignore
4028* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4029@end ignore
f0dc282c 4030
252b5132
RH
4031* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
4032* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 4033* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
252b5132
RH
4034* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
4035* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
85234291
L
4036* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc}, @var{fill}}
4037* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
c91d2e08
NC
4038@ifset ELF
4039* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
4040* Previous:: @code{.previous}
4041@end ifset
f0dc282c 4042
252b5132 4043* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
c91d2e08
NC
4044@ifset ELF
4045* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
4046@end ifset
f0dc282c 4047
252b5132
RH
4048* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
4049* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
c91d2e08
NC
4050@ifset ELF
4051* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
4052@end ifset
f0dc282c 4053
252b5132 4054* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
05e9452c 4055* Reloc:: @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
252b5132
RH
4056* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
4057* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
4058@ifset COFF
4059* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
c1253627
NC
4060@end ifset
4061@ifset COFF-ELF
7337fc21 4062* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}[, @var{flags}]}
252b5132 4063@end ifset
f0dc282c 4064
252b5132
RH
4065* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4066* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
4067* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
c1253627 4068@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4069* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
c1253627 4070@end ifset
884f0d36 4071@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4072* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36
BW
4073@end ifclear
4074
252b5132 4075* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
884f0d36 4076@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132 4077* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
884f0d36 4078@end ifclear
252b5132
RH
4079@ifset have-stabs
4080* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
4081@end ifset
f0dc282c 4082
38a57ae7 4083* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}, @code{.string8 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string16 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string32 "@var{str}"}, @code{.string64 "@var{str}"}
252b5132
RH
4084* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
4085@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4086* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
252b5132
RH
4087* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
4088@end ifset
f0dc282c 4089
252b5132
RH
4090@ifset COFF
4091* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
4092@end ifset
f0dc282c 4093
252b5132
RH
4094* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
4095* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
c1253627 4096@ifset COFF-ELF
c91d2e08 4097* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
c1253627
NC
4098@end ifset
4099
c91d2e08 4100* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
252b5132 4101@ifset COFF
252b5132
RH
4102* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
4103@end ifset
f0dc282c 4104
2e13b764 4105@ifset ELF
c91d2e08 4106* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
c91d2e08
NC
4107* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
4108* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 4109@end ifset
f0dc282c 4110
d190d046 4111* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
c87db184 4112* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
06e77878 4113* Weakref:: @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{symbol}}
252b5132
RH
4114* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
4115* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
4116@end menu
4117
4118@node Abort
4119@section @code{.abort}
4120
4121@cindex @code{abort} directive
4122@cindex stopping the assembly
4123This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
4124compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
4125assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
a4fb0134 4126of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
252b5132
RH
4127quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
4128
4129@ifset COFF
370b66a1
CD
4130@node ABORT (COFF)
4131@section @code{.ABORT} (COFF)
252b5132
RH
4132
4133@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
a4fb0134 4134When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
252b5132
RH
4135synonym for @samp{.abort}.
4136
4137@ifset BOUT
a4fb0134 4138When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
252b5132
RH
4139but ignores it.
4140@end ifset
4141@end ifset
4142
4143@node Align
4144@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4145
4146@cindex padding the location counter
4147@cindex @code{align} directive
4148Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
4149boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
4150required, as described below.
4151
4152The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4153padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4154padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4155marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4156with no-op instructions.
4157
4158The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4159it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4160directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4161specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4162fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4163required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4164with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4165
4166The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
7be1c489 4167For the arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, or32,
60946ad0 4168s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
252b5132
RH
4169alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
4170the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
60946ad0
AM
4171is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
4172first expression is the alignment request in words.
252b5132 4173
9e9a9798 4174For other systems, including ppc, i386 using a.out format, arm and
adcf07e6 4175strongarm, it is the
252b5132
RH
4176number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
4177advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
4178counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
4179multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4180
4181This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
4182native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
4183GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
4184described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
4185architectures (but are specific to GAS).
4186
ccf8a69b
BW
4187@node Altmacro
4188@section @code{.altmacro}
4189Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
4190
4191@ftable @code
4192@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
4193One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
4194generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
4195replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
4196replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
4197separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
4198define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
4199
4200@item String delimiters
4201You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
4202@code{"@var{string}"}:
4203
4204@table @code
4205@item '@var{string}'
4206You can delimit strings with single-quote characters.
4207
4208@item <@var{string}>
4209You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
4210@end table
4211
4212@item single-character string escape
4213To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
4214character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
4215character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
4216write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
4217
4218@item Expression results as strings
4219You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
01642c12 4220and use the result as a string.
ccf8a69b
BW
4221@end ftable
4222
252b5132
RH
4223@node Ascii
4224@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4225
4226@cindex @code{ascii} directive
4227@cindex string literals
4228@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
4229separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
4230trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
4231
4232@node Asciz
4233@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
4234
4235@cindex @code{asciz} directive
4236@cindex zero-terminated strings
4237@cindex null-terminated strings
4238@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
4239a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
4240
4241@node Balign
4242@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
4243
4244@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
4245@cindex @code{balign} directive
4246Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
4247storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
4248alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
4249the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
4250is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
4251
4252The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
4253padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
4254padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
4255marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
4256with no-op instructions.
4257
4258The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
4259it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
4260directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
4261specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
4262fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
4263required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
4264with no-op instructions when appropriate.
4265
4266@cindex @code{balignw} directive
4267@cindex @code{balignl} directive
4268The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
4269@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
4270pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
4271fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
42724,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
4273filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
4274the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
4275undefined.
4276
4277@node Byte
4278@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
4279
4280@cindex @code{byte} directive
4281@cindex integers, one byte
4282@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
4283Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
4284
54cfded0 4285@node CFI directives
38462edf
JJ
4286@section @code{.cfi_sections @var{section_list}}
4287@cindex @code{cfi_sections} directive
4288@code{.cfi_sections} may be used to specify whether CFI directives
4289should emit @code{.eh_frame} section and/or @code{.debug_frame} section.
4290If @var{section_list} is @code{.eh_frame}, @code{.eh_frame} is emitted,
4291if @var{section_list} is @code{.debug_frame}, @code{.debug_frame} is emitted.
4292To emit both use @code{.eh_frame, .debug_frame}. The default if this
4293directive is not used is @code{.cfi_sections .eh_frame}.
4294
4b7d318b 4295@section @code{.cfi_startproc [simple]}
54cfded0
AM
4296@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
4297@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
4298should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
4b7d318b 4299data structures. Don't forget to close the function by
54cfded0
AM
4300@code{.cfi_endproc}.
4301
01642c12 4302Unless @code{.cfi_startproc} is used along with parameter @code{simple}
4b7d318b 4303it also emits some architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
01642c12 4304
54cfded0
AM
4305@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
4306@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
4307@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
4308unwind entry previously opened by
b45619c0 4309@code{.cfi_startproc}, and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
54cfded0 4310
9b8ae42e
JJ
4311@section @code{.cfi_personality @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4312@code{.cfi_personality} defines personality routine and its encoding.
4313@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the personality
4314should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4315argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be
4316a constant or a symbol name. When using indirect encodings,
4317the symbol provided should be the location where personality
4318can be loaded from, not the personality routine itself.
4319The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_personality 0xff},
4320no personality routine.
4321
4322@section @code{.cfi_lsda @var{encoding} [, @var{exp}]}
4323@code{.cfi_lsda} defines LSDA and its encoding.
4324@var{encoding} must be a constant determining how the LSDA
4325should be encoded. If it is 255 (@code{DW_EH_PE_omit}), second
4326argument is not present, otherwise second argument should be a constant
4327or a symbol name. The default after @code{.cfi_startproc} is @code{.cfi_lsda 0xff},
4328no LSDA.
4329
54cfded0 4330@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
01642c12 4331@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
54cfded0
AM
4332address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
4333
4334@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
4335@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
4336now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
4337remains the same.
4338
4339@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4340@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
4341remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
4342absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
4343CFA address.
4344
4345@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
4346Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
4347value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
4348
4349@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4350Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
01642c12 4351CFA.
54cfded0 4352
17076204
RH
4353@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
4354Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
4355the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
4356using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
4357This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
4358code it's annotating.
54cfded0 4359
4b7d318b
L
4360@section @code{.cfi_register @var{register1}, @var{register2}}
4361Previous value of @var{register1} is saved in register @var{register2}.
4362
4363@section @code{.cfi_restore @var{register}}
01642c12
RM
4364@code{.cfi_restore} says that the rule for @var{register} is now the
4365same as it was at the beginning of the function, after all initial
4b7d318b
L
4366instruction added by @code{.cfi_startproc} were executed.
4367
4368@section @code{.cfi_undefined @var{register}}
4369From now on the previous value of @var{register} can't be restored anymore.
4370
4371@section @code{.cfi_same_value @var{register}}
01642c12 4372Current value of @var{register} is the same like in the previous frame,
4b7d318b
L
4373i.e. no restoration needed.
4374
01642c12
RM
4375@section @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4376First save all current rules for all registers by @code{.cfi_remember_state},
4377then totally screw them up by subsequent @code{.cfi_*} directives and when
4378everything is hopelessly bad, use @code{.cfi_restore_state} to restore
4b7d318b
L
4379the previous saved state.
4380
4381@section @code{.cfi_return_column @var{register}}
01642c12 4382Change return column @var{register}, i.e. the return address is either
4b7d318b
L
4383directly in @var{register} or can be accessed by rules for @var{register}.
4384
63752a75
JJ
4385@section @code{.cfi_signal_frame}
4386Mark current function as signal trampoline.
4387
6749011b 4388@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
364b6d8b
JJ
4389SPARC register window has been saved.
4390
cdfbf930
RH
4391@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
4392Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
4393might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
4394opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
252b5132 4395
f1c4cc75
RH
4396@section @code{.cfi_val_encoded_addr @var{register}, @var{encoding}, @var{label}}
4397The current value of @var{register} is @var{label}. The value of @var{label}
4398will be encoded in the output file according to @var{encoding}; see the
4399description of @code{.cfi_personality} for details on this encoding.
4400
4401The usefulness of equating a register to a fixed label is probably
4402limited to the return address register. Here, it can be useful to
4403mark a code segment that has only one return address which is reached
4404by a direct branch and no copy of the return address exists in memory
4405or another register.
4406
ccf8a69b
BW
4407@node Comm
4408@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
bd0eb99b 4409
ccf8a69b
BW
4410@cindex @code{comm} directive
4411@cindex symbol, common
4412@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
4413common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
4414of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
4415definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
4416allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
4417absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
4418the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
4419using the largest size.
07a53e5c 4420
c1711530
DK
4421@ifset COFF-ELF
4422When using ELF or (as a GNU extension) PE, the @code{.comm} directive takes
01642c12 4423an optional third argument. This is the desired alignment of the symbol,
c1711530
DK
4424specified for ELF as a byte boundary (for example, an alignment of 16 means
4425that the least significant 4 bits of the address should be zero), and for PE
4426as a power of two (for example, an alignment of 5 means aligned to a 32-byte
01642c12 4427boundary). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it must be a
c1711530 4428power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory for the
01642c12 4429common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If no
c1711530 4430alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
ccf8a69b 4431largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
c1711530
DK
4432maximum of 16 on ELF, or the default section alignment of 4 on PE@footnote{This
4433is not the same as the executable image file alignment controlled by @code{@value{LD}}'s
4434@samp{--section-alignment} option; image file sections in PE are aligned to
4435multiples of 4096, which is far too large an alignment for ordinary variables.
4436It is rather the default alignment for (non-debug) sections within object
4437(@samp{*.o}) files, which are less strictly aligned.}.
ccf8a69b 4438@end ifset
cd1fcb49 4439
ccf8a69b
BW
4440@ifset HPPA
4441The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
4442@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
4443@end ifset
07a53e5c 4444
252b5132
RH
4445@node Data
4446@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
4447
4448@cindex @code{data} directive
a4fb0134 4449@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
252b5132
RH
4450end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
4451absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
4452to zero.
4453
4454@ifset COFF
4455@node Def
4456@section @code{.def @var{name}}
4457
4458@cindex @code{def} directive
4459@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
4460@cindex debugging COFF symbols
4461Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
4462definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
4463@ifset BOUT
4464
a4fb0134 4465This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
252b5132
RH
4466format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
4467but ignored.
4468@end ifset
4469@end ifset
4470
4471@ifset aout-bout
4472@node Desc
4473@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
4474
4475@cindex @code{desc} directive
4476@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
4477@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
4478This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
4479to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
4480
4481@ifset COFF
a4fb0134 4482The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132 4483configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
a4fb0134 4484object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
252b5132
RH
4485it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
4486@end ifset
4487@end ifset
4488
4489@ifset COFF
4490@node Dim
4491@section @code{.dim}
4492
4493@cindex @code{dim} directive
4494@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
4495@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
4496This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
4497information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
4498@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
4499@ifset BOUT
4500
4501@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 4502@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
4503ignores it.
4504@end ifset
4505@end ifset
4506
4507@node Double
4508@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
4509
4510@cindex @code{double} directive
4511@cindex floating point numbers (double)
4512@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4513assembles floating point numbers.
4514@ifset GENERIC
4515The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4516@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
4517@end ifset
4518@ifclear GENERIC
4519@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4520On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
4521in @sc{ieee} format.
4522@end ifset
4523@end ifclear
4524
4525@node Eject
4526@section @code{.eject}
4527
4528@cindex @code{eject} directive
4529@cindex new page, in listings
4530@cindex page, in listings
4531@cindex listing control: new page
4532Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
4533
4534@node Else
4535@section @code{.else}
4536
4537@cindex @code{else} directive
a4fb0134 4538@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4539assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
252b5132
RH
4540of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
4541was false.
4542
3fd9f047
TW
4543@node Elseif
4544@section @code{.elseif}
4545
4546@cindex @code{elseif} directive
a4fb0134 4547@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
96e9638b 4548assembly; see @ref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
3fd9f047
TW
4549@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
4550
252b5132
RH
4551@node End
4552@section @code{.end}
4553
4554@cindex @code{end} directive
a4fb0134 4555@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
252b5132
RH
4556process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
4557
4558@ifset COFF
4559@node Endef
4560@section @code{.endef}
4561
4562@cindex @code{endef} directive
4563This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
4564@code{.def}.
4565@ifset BOUT
4566
4567@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
a4fb0134 4568@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
4569directive but ignores it.
4570@end ifset
4571@end ifset
4572
4573@node Endfunc
4574@section @code{.endfunc}
4575@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
4576@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
4577
4578@node Endif
4579@section @code{.endif}
4580
4581@cindex @code{endif} directive
a4fb0134 4582@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
252b5132
RH
4583it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
4584conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
4585
4586@node Equ
4587@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4588
4589@cindex @code{equ} directive
4590@cindex assigning values to symbols
4591@cindex symbols, assigning values to
4592This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
96e9638b 4593It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; see @ref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
252b5132
RH
4594
4595@ifset HPPA
01642c12 4596The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
252b5132
RH
4597@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
4598@end ifset
4599
3c9b82ba 4600@ifset Z80
01642c12
RM
4601The syntax for @code{equ} on the Z80 is
4602@samp{@var{symbol} equ @var{expression}}.
3c9b82ba 4603On the Z80 it is an eror if @var{symbol} is already defined,
01642c12 4604but the symbol is not protected from later redefinition.
96e9638b 4605Compare @ref{Equiv}.
3c9b82ba
NC
4606@end ifset
4607
252b5132
RH
4608@node Equiv
4609@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4610@cindex @code{equiv} directive
4611The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
8dfa0188
NC
4612the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
4613symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
4614undefined.
252b5132 4615
01642c12 4616Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
252b5132
RH
4617@smallexample
4618.ifdef SYM
4619.err
4620.endif
4621.equ SYM,VAL
4622@end smallexample
9497f5ac
NC
4623plus it protects the symbol from later redefinition.
4624
4625@node Eqv
4626@section @code{.eqv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
4627@cindex @code{eqv} directive
4628The @code{.eqv} directive is like @code{.equiv}, but no attempt is made to
4629evaluate the expression or any part of it immediately. Instead each time
4630the resulting symbol is used in an expression, a snapshot of its current
4631value is taken.
252b5132
RH
4632
4633@node Err
4634@section @code{.err}
4635@cindex @code{err} directive
a4fb0134
SC
4636If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
4637message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
f9eb6721 4638object file. This can be used to signal an error in conditionally compiled code.
252b5132 4639
d190d046
HPN
4640@node Error
4641@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
4642@cindex error directive
4643
4644Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
4645string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
4646message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
4647@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
4648
4649@smallexample
4650 .error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
4651@end smallexample
4652
252b5132
RH
4653@node Exitm
4654@section @code{.exitm}
4655Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
4656
4657@node Extern
4658@section @code{.extern}
4659
4660@cindex @code{extern} directive
4661@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
a4fb0134 4662with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
252b5132
RH
4663all undefined symbols as external.
4664
4665@node Fail
4666@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
4667
4668@cindex @code{fail} directive
4669Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
a4fb0134
SC
4670or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
4671than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
252b5132
RH
4672include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
4673complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
4674
252b5132 4675@node File
14082c76 4676@section @code{.file}
252b5132 4677@cindex @code{file} directive
14082c76
BW
4678
4679@ifclear no-file-dir
4680There are two different versions of the @code{.file} directive. Targets
4681that support DWARF2 line number information use the DWARF2 version of
4682@code{.file}. Other targets use the default version.
4683
4684@subheading Default Version
4685
252b5132
RH
4686@cindex logical file name
4687@cindex file name, logical
14082c76
BW
4688This version of the @code{.file} directive tells @command{@value{AS}} that we
4689are about to start a new logical file. The syntax is:
4690
4691@smallexample
4692.file @var{string}
4693@end smallexample
4694
4695@var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
252b5132
RH
4696recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
4697to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
4698statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
a4fb0134 4699old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
14082c76
BW
4700
4701@subheading DWARF2 Version
252b5132
RH
4702@end ifclear
4703
14082c76
BW
4704When emitting DWARF2 line number information, @code{.file} assigns filenames
4705to the @code{.debug_line} file name table. The syntax is:
4706
4707@smallexample
4708.file @var{fileno} @var{filename}
4709@end smallexample
4710
4711The @var{fileno} operand should be a unique positive integer to use as the
4712index of the entry in the table. The @var{filename} operand is a C string
4713literal.
4714
4715The detail of filename indices is exposed to the user because the filename
4716table is shared with the @code{.debug_info} section of the DWARF2 debugging
4717information, and thus the user must know the exact indices that table
4718entries will have.
4719
252b5132
RH
4720@node Fill
4721@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
4722
4723@cindex @code{fill} directive
4724@cindex writing patterns in memory
4725@cindex patterns, writing in memory
bc64be0c 4726@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
252b5132
RH
4727This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
4728may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
4729more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
4730other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
4731is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
4732zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
a4fb0134 4733byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
252b5132
RH
4734Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
4735@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
4736compatible with other people's assemblers.
4737
4738@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
4739If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
4740assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
4741@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
4742
4743@node Float
4744@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
4745
4746@cindex floating point numbers (single)
4747@cindex @code{float} directive
4748This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
4749has the same effect as @code{.single}.
4750@ifset GENERIC
4751The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 4752@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
252b5132
RH
4753@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
4754@end ifset
4755@ifclear GENERIC
4756@ifset IEEEFLOAT
4757On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
4758in @sc{ieee} format.
4759@end ifset
4760@end ifclear
4761
4762@node Func
4763@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
4764@cindex @code{func} directive
4765@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
4766is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
05da4302 4767Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
252b5132
RH
4768@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
4769prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
4770@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
4771All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
4772The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
4773
4774@node Global
4775@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
4776
4777@cindex @code{global} directive
4778@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
4779@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
4780@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
4781other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
4782@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
4783from another file linked into the same program.
4784
4785Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
4786compatibility with other assemblers.
4787
4788@ifset HPPA
4789On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
4790partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
96e9638b 4791@xref{HPPA Directives, ,HPPA Assembler Directives}.
252b5132
RH
4792@end ifset
4793
c91d2e08 4794@ifset ELF
3a99f02f
DJ
4795@node Gnu_attribute
4796@section @code{.gnu_attribute @var{tag},@var{value}}
4797Record a @sc{gnu} object attribute for this file. @xref{Object Attributes}.
4798
c91d2e08
NC
4799@node Hidden
4800@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
4801
c1253627
NC
4802@cindex @code{hidden} directive
4803@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4804This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4805@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
a349d9dd 4806@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4807
4808This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4809their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4810@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
01642c12 4811Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
c91d2e08
NC
4812@end ifset
4813
252b5132
RH
4814@node hword
4815@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
4816
4817@cindex @code{hword} directive
4818@cindex integers, 16-bit
4819@cindex numbers, 16-bit
4820@cindex sixteen bit integers
4821This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
4822a 16 bit number for each.
4823
4824@ifset GENERIC
4825This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
4826architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
4827@end ifset
4828@ifclear GENERIC
4829@ifset W32
4830This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
4831@end ifset
4832@ifset W16
4833This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
4834@end ifset
4835@end ifclear
4836
4837@node Ident
4838@section @code{.ident}
4839
4840@cindex @code{ident} directive
cb4c78d6
BE
4841
4842This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files. The
4843behavior of this directive varies depending on the target. When using the
4844a.out object file format, @command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for
4845source-file compatibility with existing assemblers, but does not emit anything
4846for it. When using COFF, comments are emitted to the @code{.comment} or
4847@code{.rdata} section, depending on the target. When using ELF, comments are
4848emitted to the @code{.comment} section.
252b5132
RH
4849
4850@node If
4851@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
4852
4853@cindex conditional assembly
4854@cindex @code{if} directive
4855@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
4856considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
4857(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
4858the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
4859(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
4860alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
3fd9f047
TW
4861If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
4862nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
252b5132
RH
4863
4864The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
4865@table @code
4866@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
4867@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
4868Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4869has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
4870is considered to be undefined.
252b5132 4871
26aca5f6
JB
4872@cindex @code{ifb} directive
4873@item .ifb @var{text}
4874Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
4875
252b5132
RH
4876@cindex @code{ifc} directive
4877@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
4878Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
4879strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
4880the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
4881end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
4882string comparison is case sensitive.
4883
4884@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
4885@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
4886Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
4887
4888@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
4889@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
4890Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
4891
4892@cindex @code{ifge} directive
4893@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
4894Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
4895equal to zero.
4896
4897@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
4898@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
4899Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
4900
4901@cindex @code{ifle} directive
4902@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
4903Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
4904to zero.
4905
4906@cindex @code{iflt} directive
4907@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
4908Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
4909
26aca5f6
JB
4910@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
4911@item .ifnb @var{text}
4912Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4913following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
4914
252b5132
RH
4915@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
4916@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
4917Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4918following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4919
4920@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
4921@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
4922@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
4923@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
4924Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
8dfa0188
NC
4925has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
4926which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
252b5132
RH
4927
4928@cindex @code{ifne} directive
4929@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
4930Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
4931(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
4932
4933@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
4934@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
4935Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
4936following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
4937@end table
4938
7e005732
NC
4939@node Incbin
4940@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
4941
4942@cindex @code{incbin} directive
4943@cindex binary files, including
4944The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
4945location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
4946option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4947around @var{file}.
4948
4949The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
4950@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
15dcfbc3
NC
4951read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
4952responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
4953after the @code{incbin} directive.
7e005732 4954
252b5132
RH
4955@node Include
4956@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
4957
4958@cindex @code{include} directive
4959@cindex supporting files, including
4960@cindex files, including
4961This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
4962points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
4963if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
4964included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
4965can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
4966(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
4967around @var{file}.
4968
4969@node Int
4970@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
4971
4972@cindex @code{int} directive
4973@cindex integers, 32-bit
4974Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
4975For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
4976expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
4977of target the assembly is for.
4978
4979@ifclear GENERIC
4980@ifset H8
7be1c489 4981On most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
c2dcd04e 4982integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
252b5132
RH
498332-bit integers.
4984@end ifset
4985@end ifclear
4986
c91d2e08
NC
4987@ifset ELF
4988@node Internal
4989@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
4990
c1253627
NC
4991@cindex @code{internal} directive
4992@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 4993This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
01642c12 4994@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
a349d9dd 4995@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
c91d2e08
NC
4996
4997This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
4998their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
4999@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
c1253627 5000(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
c91d2e08
NC
5001processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
5002@end ifset
5003
252b5132
RH
5004@node Irp
5005@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5006
5007@cindex @code{irp} directive
5008Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5009The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
5010terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
5011set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
5012@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
5013@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
5014sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5015
5016For example, assembling
5017
5018@example
5019 .irp param,1,2,3
5020 move d\param,sp@@-
5021 .endr
5022@end example
5023
5024is equivalent to assembling
5025
5026@example
5027 move d1,sp@@-
5028 move d2,sp@@-
5029 move d3,sp@@-
5030@end example
5031
96e9638b 5032For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also @ref{Macro}.
5e75c3ab 5033
252b5132
RH
5034@node Irpc
5035@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
5036
5037@cindex @code{irpc} directive
5038Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
5039The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
5040terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
5041@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
5042assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
5043assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
5044@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
5045
5046For example, assembling
5047
5048@example
5049 .irpc param,123
5050 move d\param,sp@@-
5051 .endr
5052@end example
5053
5054is equivalent to assembling
5055
5056@example
5057 move d1,sp@@-
5058 move d2,sp@@-
5059 move d3,sp@@-
5060@end example
5061
5e75c3ab
JB
5062For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
5063at @xref{Macro}.
5064
252b5132
RH
5065@node Lcomm
5066@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
5067
5068@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
5069@cindex local common symbols
5070@cindex symbols, local common
5071Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
5072denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
5073those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
5074section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
5075is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
5076not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
5077
5078@ifset GENERIC
5079Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
5080argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
5081@end ifset
5082
5083@ifset HPPA
5084The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
5085@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
5086@end ifset
5087
5088@node Lflags
5089@section @code{.lflags}
5090
5091@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
a4fb0134 5092@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
252b5132
RH
5093assemblers, but ignores it.
5094
5095@ifclear no-line-dir
5096@node Line
5097@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
5098
5099@cindex @code{line} directive
252b5132
RH
5100@cindex logical line number
5101@ifset aout-bout
5102Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
5103expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
5104statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
5105reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
a4fb0134 5106@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
252b5132 5107for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
252b5132
RH
5108@end ifset
5109
252b5132 5110Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
a4fb0134 5111@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
252b5132
RH
5112when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
5113were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
5114@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
5115
5116Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
5117used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
5118debugging.
5119@end ifclear
5120
5121@node Linkonce
5122@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
5123@cindex COMDAT
5124@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
5125@cindex common sections
5126Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
5127This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
5128but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
5129The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
5130Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
5131unique.
5132
5133This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
5134writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
5135Executable format used on Windows NT.
5136
5137The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
5138following strings. For example:
5139@smallexample
5140.linkonce same_size
5141@end smallexample
5142Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
5143
5144@table @code
5145@item discard
5146Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
5147
5148@item one_only
5149Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
5150
5151@item same_size
5152Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
5153
5154@item same_contents
5155Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
5156@end table
5157
ccf8a69b
BW
5158@node List
5159@section @code{.list}
5160
5161@cindex @code{list} directive
5162@cindex listing control, turning on
5163Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
5164not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5165internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5166counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5167generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5168
5169By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
5170@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
5171the initial value of the listing counter is one.
5172
252b5132
RH
5173@node Ln
5174@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
5175
5176@cindex @code{ln} directive
5177@ifclear no-line-dir
5178@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
5179@end ifclear
5180@ifset no-line-dir
a4fb0134 5181Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
252b5132
RH
5182must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
5183line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
5184statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
5185line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
5186@ifset BOUT
5187
a4fb0134 5188This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
5189configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
5190output format.
5191@end ifset
5192@end ifset
5193
ccf8a69b
BW
5194@node Loc
5195@section @code{.loc @var{fileno} @var{lineno} [@var{column}] [@var{options}]}
5196@cindex @code{loc} directive
5197When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5198the @code{.loc} directive will add a row to the @code{.debug_line} line
5199number matrix corresponding to the immediately following assembly
5200instruction. The @var{fileno}, @var{lineno}, and optional @var{column}
5201arguments will be applied to the @code{.debug_line} state machine before
5202the row is added.
252b5132 5203
ccf8a69b
BW
5204The @var{options} are a sequence of the following tokens in any order:
5205
5206@table @code
5207@item basic_block
5208This option will set the @code{basic_block} register in the
5209@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5210
5211@item prologue_end
5212This option will set the @code{prologue_end} register in the
5213@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5214
5215@item epilogue_begin
5216This option will set the @code{epilogue_begin} register in the
5217@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{true}.
5218
5219@item is_stmt @var{value}
5220This option will set the @code{is_stmt} register in the
01642c12 5221@code{.debug_line} state machine to @code{value}, which must be
ccf8a69b
BW
5222either 0 or 1.
5223
5224@item isa @var{value}
5225This directive will set the @code{isa} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5226state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5227
92846e72
CC
5228@item discriminator @var{value}
5229This directive will set the @code{discriminator} register in the @code{.debug_line}
5230state machine to @var{value}, which must be an unsigned integer.
5231
ccf8a69b
BW
5232@end table
5233
5234@node Loc_mark_labels
5235@section @code{.loc_mark_labels @var{enable}}
5236@cindex @code{loc_mark_labels} directive
5237When emitting DWARF2 line number information,
5238the @code{.loc_mark_labels} directive makes the assembler emit an entry
5239to the @code{.debug_line} line number matrix with the @code{basic_block}
5240register in the state machine set whenever a code label is seen.
5241The @var{enable} argument should be either 1 or 0, to enable or disable
5242this function respectively.
252b5132 5243
4d4175af
BW
5244@ifset ELF
5245@node Local
5246@section @code{.local @var{names}}
5247
5248@cindex @code{local} directive
5249This directive, which is available for ELF targets, marks each symbol in
5250the comma-separated list of @code{names} as a local symbol so that it
5251will not be externally visible. If the symbols do not already exist,
5252they will be created.
5253
5254For targets where the @code{.lcomm} directive (@pxref{Lcomm}) does not
5255accept an alignment argument, which is the case for most ELF targets,
5256the @code{.local} directive can be used in combination with @code{.comm}
5257(@pxref{Comm}) to define aligned local common data.
5258@end ifset
5259
252b5132
RH
5260@node Long
5261@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
5262
5263@cindex @code{long} directive
96e9638b 5264@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}. @xref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
252b5132
RH
5265
5266@ignore
5267@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
5268@c what it really ought to do
5269@node Lsym
5270@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
5271
5272@cindex @code{lsym} directive
5273@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
5274@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
5275the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
5276rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
5277the same as the expression value:
5278@smallexample
5279@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
5280@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
5281@var{value} = @var{expression}
5282@end smallexample
5283@noindent
5284The new symbol is not flagged as external.
5285@end ignore
5286
5287@node Macro
5288@section @code{.macro}
5289
5290@cindex macros
5291The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
5292generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
5293@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
5294
5295@example
5296 .macro sum from=0, to=5
5297 .long \from
5298 .if \to-\from
5299 sum "(\from+1)",\to
5300 .endif
5301 .endm
5302@end example
5303
5304@noindent
5305With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
5306
5307@example
5308 .long 0
5309 .long 1
5310 .long 2
5311 .long 3
5312 .long 4
5313 .long 5
5314@end example
5315
5316@ftable @code
5317@item .macro @var{macname}
5318@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
5319@cindex @code{macro} directive
5320Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
5321definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
6eaeac8a
JB
5322separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
5323indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
5324@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
5325(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
fffeaa5f
JB
5326macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
5327cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
96e9638b 5328subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@pxref{Purgem}) between the two
fffeaa5f 5329definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
252b5132
RH
5330
5331@table @code
5332@item .macro comm
5333Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
5334arguments.
5335
6258339f 5336@item .macro plus1 p, p1
252b5132
RH
5337@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
5338Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
5339which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
5340@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
5341
5342@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
5343Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
5344arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
5345After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
5346@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
5347@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
5348,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
5349@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
252b5132 5350
6eaeac8a
JB
5351@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
5352Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
5353arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
5354not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
5355will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
5356
252b5132
RH
5357When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
5358position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
5359@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
5360
6258339f
NC
5361@end table
5362
5e75c3ab
JB
5363Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
5364as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
5365occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
6258339f 5366characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if the colon
5e75c3ab 5367(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
6258339f 5368architecture specific code special-cases it when occurring as the final
5e75c3ab
JB
5369character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
5370replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
5371construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
6258339f
NC
5372identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. So for example
5373this macro definition:
5374
5375@example
5376 .macro label l
5377\l:
5378 .endm
5379@end example
5380
5381might not work as expected. Invoking @samp{label foo} might not create a label
5382called @samp{foo} but instead just insert the text @samp{\l:} into the
5383assembler source, probably generating an error about an unrecognised
5384identifier.
5385
5386Similarly problems might occur with the period character (@samp{.})
5387which is often allowed inside opcode names (and hence identifier names). So
5388for example constructing a macro to build an opcode from a base name and a
5389length specifier like this:
5390
5391@example
5392 .macro opcode base length
5393 \base.\length
5394 .endm
5395@end example
5396
5397and invoking it as @samp{opcode store l} will not create a @samp{store.l}
5398instruction but instead generate some kind of error as the assembler tries to
5399interpret the text @samp{\base.\length}.
5400
5401There are several possible ways around this problem:
5402
5403@table @code
5404@item Insert white space
5405If it is possible to use white space characters then this is the simplest
5406solution. eg:
5407
5408@example
5409 .macro label l
5410\l :
5411 .endm
5412@end example
5413
5414@item Use @samp{\()}
5415The string @samp{\()} can be used to separate the end of a macro argument from
5416the following text. eg:
5417
5418@example
5419 .macro opcode base length
5420 \base\().\length
5421 .endm
5422@end example
5423
5424@item Use the alternate macro syntax mode
5425In the alternative macro syntax mode the ampersand character (@samp{&}) can be
5426used as a separator. eg:
5e75c3ab
JB
5427
5428@example
5429 .altmacro
5430 .macro label l
5431l&:
5432 .endm
5433@end example
6258339f 5434@end table
5e75c3ab 5435
96e9638b 5436Note: this problem of correctly identifying string parameters to pseudo ops
01642c12 5437also applies to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@pxref{Irp})
96e9638b 5438and @code{.irpc} (@pxref{Irpc}) as well.
5e75c3ab 5439
252b5132
RH
5440@item .endm
5441@cindex @code{endm} directive
5442Mark the end of a macro definition.
5443
5444@item .exitm
5445@cindex @code{exitm} directive
5446Exit early from the current macro definition.
5447
5448@cindex number of macros executed
5449@cindex macros, count executed
5450@item \@@
a4fb0134 5451@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
252b5132
RH
5452executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
5453output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
5454
252b5132
RH
5455@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
5456@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
caa32fe5
NC
5457macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
5458@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
5459@end ftable
252b5132 5460
ccf8a69b
BW
5461@node MRI
5462@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
caa32fe5 5463
ccf8a69b
BW
5464@cindex @code{mri} directive
5465@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
5466If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
5467@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
5468affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
5469of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
252b5132 5470
caa32fe5
NC
5471@node Noaltmacro
5472@section @code{.noaltmacro}
96e9638b 5473Disable alternate macro mode. @xref{Altmacro}.
caa32fe5 5474
252b5132
RH
5475@node Nolist
5476@section @code{.nolist}
5477
5478@cindex @code{nolist} directive
5479@cindex listing control, turning off
5480Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
5481not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
5482internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
5483counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
5484generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
5485
5486@node Octa
5487@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
5488
5489@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
5490@cindex @code{octa} directive
5491@cindex integer, 16-byte
5492@cindex sixteen byte integer
5493This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
5494bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
5495
5496The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5497hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
5498
5499@node Org
5500@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
5501
5502@cindex @code{org} directive
5503@cindex location counter, advancing
5504@cindex advancing location counter
5505@cindex current address, advancing
5506Advance the location counter of the current section to
5507@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
5508expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
5509you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
5510wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
5511with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
a4fb0134 5512@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5513is the same as the current subsection.
5514
5515@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
5516unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
5517backwards.
5518
5519@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
5520@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
5521@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
a4fb0134 5522Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
252b5132
RH
5523may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
5524a chance to share your improved assembler.
5525
5526Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
5527to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
5528people's assemblers.
5529
5530When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
5531intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
5532absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
5533@var{fill} defaults to zero.
5534
5535@node P2align
5536@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
5537
5538@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
5539@cindex @code{p2align} directive
5540Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
5541storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
5542number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
5543advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
5544counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
5545multiple of 8, no change is needed.
5546
5547The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
5548padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
5549padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
5550marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
5551with no-op instructions.
5552
5553The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
5554it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
5555directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
5556specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
5557fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
5558required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
5559with no-op instructions when appropriate.
5560
5561@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
5562@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
5563The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
5564@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
5565pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
5566fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
55672,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
5568filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
5569the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
5570undefined.
5571
ccf8a69b
BW
5572@ifset ELF
5573@node PopSection
5574@section @code{.popsection}
5575
5576@cindex @code{popsection} directive
5577@cindex Section Stack
5578This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5579@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5580@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
ccf8a69b
BW
5581(@pxref{Previous}).
5582
5583This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
5584section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
01642c12 5585stack.
ccf8a69b
BW
5586@end ifset
5587
c91d2e08
NC
5588@ifset ELF
5589@node Previous
5590@section @code{.previous}
5591
c1253627 5592@cindex @code{previous} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5593@cindex Section Stack
5594This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
a349d9dd
PB
5595@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5596@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
5597(@pxref{PopSection}).
c91d2e08
NC
5598
5599This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
8b040e0a 5600referenced section/subsection pair prior to this one. Multiple
c91d2e08 5601@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
8b040e0a
NC
5602subsections). For example:
5603
5604@smallexample
5605.section A
5606 .subsection 1
5607 .word 0x1234
5608 .subsection 2
5609 .word 0x5678
5610.previous
5611 .word 0x9abc
5612@end smallexample
5613
5614Will place 0x1234 and 0x9abc into subsection 1 and 0x5678 into subsection 2 of
5615section A. Whilst:
5616
5617@smallexample
5618.section A
5619.subsection 1
5620 # Now in section A subsection 1
5621 .word 0x1234
5622.section B
5623.subsection 0
5624 # Now in section B subsection 0
5625 .word 0x5678
5626.subsection 1
5627 # Now in section B subsection 1
5628 .word 0x9abc
5629.previous
5630 # Now in section B subsection 0
5631 .word 0xdef0
5632@end smallexample
5633
5634Will place 0x1234 into section A, 0x5678 and 0xdef0 into subsection 0 of
5635section B and 0x9abc into subsection 1 of section B.
c91d2e08
NC
5636
5637In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
5638the top section on the section stack.
5639@end ifset
5640
252b5132
RH
5641@node Print
5642@section @code{.print @var{string}}
5643
5644@cindex @code{print} directive
a4fb0134 5645@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
252b5132
RH
5646assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
5647
c91d2e08
NC
5648@ifset ELF
5649@node Protected
5650@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
5651
c1253627
NC
5652@cindex @code{protected} directive
5653@cindex visibility
ed9589d4 5654This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
a349d9dd 5655@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
c91d2e08
NC
5656
5657This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
5658their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
5659@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
5660components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
5661component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
01642c12 5662this.
c91d2e08
NC
5663@end ifset
5664
252b5132
RH
5665@node Psize
5666@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
5667
5668@cindex @code{psize} directive
5669@cindex listing control: paper size
5670@cindex paper size, for listings
5671Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
5672number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
5673
5674If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
5675of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
5676default width is 200 columns.
5677
a4fb0134 5678@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
252b5132
RH
5679lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
5680@code{.eject}).
5681
5682If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
5683those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
5684
5685@node Purgem
5686@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
5687
5688@cindex @code{purgem} directive
5689Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
5690expanded. @xref{Macro}.
5691
c91d2e08
NC
5692@ifset ELF
5693@node PushSection
9cfc3331 5694@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} [, @var{subsection}] [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{arguments}]]]}
c91d2e08 5695
c1253627 5696@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
5697@cindex Section Stack
5698This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
5699@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
5700@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 5701(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5702
e9863d7f
DJ
5703This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
5704top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
9cfc3331
L
5705subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}. The optional
5706@code{flags}, @code{type} and @code{arguments} are treated the same
5707as in the @code{.section} (@pxref{Section}) directive.
c91d2e08
NC
5708@end ifset
5709
252b5132
RH
5710@node Quad
5711@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
5712
5713@cindex @code{quad} directive
5714@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
5715each bignum, it emits
5716@ifclear bignum-16
5717an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
5718warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
5719@cindex eight-byte integer
5720@cindex integer, 8-byte
5721
5722The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
5723hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
5724@end ifclear
5725@ifset bignum-16
5726a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
5727warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
5728@cindex sixteen-byte integer
5729@cindex integer, 16-byte
5730@end ifset
5731
05e9452c
AM
5732@node Reloc
5733@section @code{.reloc @var{offset}, @var{reloc_name}[, @var{expression}]}
5734
5735@cindex @code{reloc} directive
5736Generate a relocation at @var{offset} of type @var{reloc_name} with value
5737@var{expression}. If @var{offset} is a number, the relocation is generated in
5738the current section. If @var{offset} is an expression that resolves to a
5739symbol plus offset, the relocation is generated in the given symbol's section.
5740@var{expression}, if present, must resolve to a symbol plus addend or to an
5741absolute value, but note that not all targets support an addend. e.g. ELF REL
5742targets such as i386 store an addend in the section contents rather than in the
5743relocation. This low level interface does not support addends stored in the
5744section.
5745
252b5132
RH
5746@node Rept
5747@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
5748
5749@cindex @code{rept} directive
5750Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
5751@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
5752
5753For example, assembling
5754
5755@example
5756 .rept 3
5757 .long 0
5758 .endr
5759@end example
5760
5761is equivalent to assembling
5762
5763@example
5764 .long 0
5765 .long 0
5766 .long 0
5767@end example
5768
5769@node Sbttl
5770@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
5771
5772@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
5773@cindex subtitles for listings
5774@cindex listing control: subtitle
5775Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
5776title line) when generating assembly listings.
5777
5778This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
5779it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
5780
5781@ifset COFF
5782@node Scl
5783@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
5784
5785@cindex @code{scl} directive
5786@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
5787@cindex COFF symbol storage class
5788Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
5789used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
5790whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
5791symbolic debugging information.
5792@ifset BOUT
5793
5794The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
a4fb0134 5795configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
5796accepts this directive but ignores it.
5797@end ifset
5798@end ifset
5799
c1253627 5800@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 5801@node Section
c1253627 5802@section @code{.section @var{name}}
252b5132 5803
252b5132
RH
5804@cindex named section
5805Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
5806named @var{name}.
5807
5808This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
5809named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
5810with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
5811
c1253627
NC
5812@ifset COFF
5813@ifset ELF
5814@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5815@subheading COFF Version
5816@end ifset
5817
5818@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
252b5132
RH
5819For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
5820ways:
c91d2e08 5821
252b5132
RH
5822@smallexample
5823.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
4e188d17 5824.section @var{name}[, @var{subsection}]
252b5132
RH
5825@end smallexample
5826
5827If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
5828section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
5829@table @code
5830@item b
5831bss section (uninitialized data)
5832@item n
5833section is not loaded
5834@item w
5835writable section
5836@item d
5837data section
5838@item r
5839read-only section
5840@item x
5841executable section
2dcc60be
ILT
5842@item s
5843shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
6ff96af6
NC
5844@item a
5845ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
63ad59ae
KT
5846@item y
5847section is not readable (meaningful for PE targets)
31907d5e
DK
5848@item 0-9
5849single-digit power-of-two section alignment (GNU extension)
252b5132
RH
5850@end table
5851
5852If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5853the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
7e84d676
NC
5854loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
5855from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
5856will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
252b5132
RH
5857
5858If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
4e188d17 5859taken as a subsection number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
c1253627 5860@end ifset
252b5132
RH
5861
5862@ifset ELF
c1253627
NC
5863@ifset COFF
5864@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
5865@subheading ELF Version
5866@end ifset
5867
c91d2e08
NC
5868@cindex Section Stack
5869This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12 5870@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
a349d9dd
PB
5871(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
5872@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08 5873
c1253627 5874@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
252b5132 5875For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 5876
252b5132 5877@smallexample
7047dd1e 5878.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]]
252b5132 5879@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5880
252b5132 5881The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
a349d9dd 5882combination of the following characters:
252b5132
RH
5883@table @code
5884@item a
5885section is allocatable
18ae9cc1
L
5886@item e
5887section is excluded from executable and shared library.
252b5132
RH
5888@item w
5889section is writable
5890@item x
5891section is executable
ec38dd05
JJ
5892@item M
5893section is mergeable
5894@item S
5895section contains zero terminated strings
22fe14ad
NC
5896@item G
5897section is a member of a section group
5898@item T
5899section is used for thread-local-storage
01642c12
RM
5900@item ?
5901section is a member of the previously-current section's group, if any
252b5132
RH
5902@end table
5903
5904The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
5905@table @code
5906@item @@progbits
5907section contains data
5908@item @@nobits
5909section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
22fe14ad
NC
5910@item @@note
5911section contains data which is used by things other than the program
10b016c2
PB
5912@item @@init_array
5913section contains an array of pointers to init functions
5914@item @@fini_array
5915section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
5916@item @@preinit_array
5917section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
252b5132
RH
5918@end table
5919
10b016c2
PB
5920Many targets only support the first three section types.
5921
ececec60
NC
5922Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
5923ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
5924@code{%} character.
5925
22fe14ad 5926If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
96e9638b 5927be specified as well as an extra argument---@var{entsize}---like this:
22fe14ad
NC
5928
5929@smallexample
5930.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
5931@end smallexample
5932
5933Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
5934constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
5935@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
5936@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
5937the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
90dce00a
AM
5938absolute expression. For sections with both @code{M} and @code{S}, a string
5939which is a suffix of a larger string is considered a duplicate. Thus
5940@code{"def"} will be merged with @code{"abcdef"}; A reference to the first
5941@code{"def"} will be changed to a reference to @code{"abcdef"+3}.
22fe14ad
NC
5942
5943If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
5944be present along with an additional field like this:
5945
5946@smallexample
5947.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5948@end smallexample
5949
5950The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
5951particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
5952@table @code
5953@item comdat
5954indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
5955@item .gnu.linkonce
5956an alias for comdat
5957@end table
5958
96e9638b 5959Note: if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
22fe14ad
NC
5960the Merge flag should come first, like this:
5961
5962@smallexample
5963.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
5964@end smallexample
ec38dd05 5965
01642c12
RM
5966If @var{flags} contains the @code{?} symbol then it may not also contain the
5967@code{G} symbol and the @var{GroupName} or @var{linkage} fields should not be
5968present. Instead, @code{?} says to consider the section that's current before
5969this directive. If that section used @code{G}, then the new section will use
5970@code{G} with those same @var{GroupName} and @var{linkage} fields implicitly.
5971If not, then the @code{?} symbol has no effect.
5972
252b5132
RH
5973If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
5974the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
5975none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
5976executable. The section will contain data.
5977
5978For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
5979directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
c91d2e08 5980
252b5132
RH
5981@smallexample
5982.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
5983@end smallexample
c91d2e08 5984
252b5132
RH
5985Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
5986separated flags:
5987@table @code
5988@item #alloc
5989section is allocatable
5990@item #write
5991section is writable
5992@item #execinstr
5993section is executable
18ae9cc1
L
5994@item #exclude
5995section is excluded from executable and shared library.
22fe14ad
NC
5996@item #tls
5997section is used for thread local storage
252b5132 5998@end table
c91d2e08 5999
e9863d7f
DJ
6000This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
6001contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
6002some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
6003work.
c1253627
NC
6004@end ifset
6005@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6006
6007@node Set
6008@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
6009
6010@cindex @code{set} directive
6011@cindex symbol value, setting
6012Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
6013changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
6014@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
6015flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
6016
6017You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
6018
6019If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
6020file is the last value stored into it.
6021
3c9b82ba
NC
6022@ifset Z80
6023On Z80 @code{set} is a real instruction, use
6024@samp{@var{symbol} defl @var{expression}} instead.
6025@end ifset
6026
252b5132
RH
6027@node Short
6028@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
6029
6030@cindex @code{short} directive
6031@ifset GENERIC
6032@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
6033@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6034
6035In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
96e9638b 6036numbers of different lengths. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6037@end ifset
6038@ifclear GENERIC
6039@ifset W16
6040@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
6041@end ifset
6042@ifset W32
6043This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
6044a 16 bit number for each.
6045@end ifset
6046@end ifclear
6047
6048@node Single
6049@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
6050
6051@cindex @code{single} directive
6052@cindex floating point numbers (single)
6053This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
6054has the same effect as @code{.float}.
6055@ifset GENERIC
6056The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
a4fb0134 6057@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
252b5132
RH
6058@end ifset
6059@ifclear GENERIC
6060@ifset IEEEFLOAT
6061On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
6062numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
6063@end ifset
6064@end ifclear
6065
c1253627 6066@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6067@node Size
c1253627 6068@section @code{.size}
c91d2e08 6069
c1253627
NC
6070This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
6071
6072@ifset COFF
6073@ifset ELF
6074@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6075@subheading COFF Version
6076@end ifset
6077
6078@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
6079For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
6080@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6081
6082@smallexample
6083.size @var{expression}
6084@end smallexample
252b5132 6085
c91d2e08 6086@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6087@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6088@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6089ignores it.
6090@end ifset
c1253627 6091@end ifset
c91d2e08 6092
c1253627
NC
6093@ifset ELF
6094@ifset COFF
6095@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6096@subheading ELF Version
6097@end ifset
6098
6099@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
6100For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
c91d2e08 6101
c1253627
NC
6102@smallexample
6103.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
6104@end smallexample
6105
6106This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
c91d2e08
NC
6107The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
6108arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
6109symbols.
c1253627
NC
6110@end ifset
6111@end ifset
252b5132 6112
252b5132
RH
6113@ifclear no-space-dir
6114@node Skip
6115@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6116
6117@cindex @code{skip} directive
6118@cindex filling memory
6119This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6120@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
6121@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
6122@samp{.space}.
884f0d36 6123@end ifclear
252b5132 6124
ccf8a69b
BW
6125@node Sleb128
6126@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
6127
6128@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
01642c12 6129@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
ccf8a69b
BW
6130compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
6131symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128, ,@code{.uleb128}}.
6132
884f0d36 6133@ifclear no-space-dir
252b5132
RH
6134@node Space
6135@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
6136
6137@cindex @code{space} directive
6138@cindex filling memory
6139This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
6140@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
6141and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
6142as @samp{.skip}.
6143
6144@ifset HPPA
6145@quotation
6146@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
6147targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
6148Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
6149@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
6150for a summary.
6151@end quotation
6152@end ifset
6153@end ifclear
6154
252b5132
RH
6155@ifset have-stabs
6156@node Stab
6157@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
6158
6159@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
6160@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
6161There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
6162All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
a4fb0134 6163The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
252b5132
RH
6164cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
6165Up to five fields are required:
6166
6167@table @var
6168@item string
6169This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
6170@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
6171debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
6172using this field.
6173
6174@item type
6175An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
6176this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
6177and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
6178
6179@item other
6180An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
6181low 8 bits of this expression.
6182
6183@item desc
6184An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
6185bits of this expression.
6186
6187@item value
6188An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
6189@end table
6190
6191If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
6192or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
6193you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
6194compatible with earlier assemblers!
6195
6196@table @code
6197@cindex @code{stabd} directive
6198@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
6199
6200The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
6201It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
6202null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
6203strings.
6204
6205The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
6206relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
6207is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
6208assembled.
6209
6210@cindex @code{stabn} directive
6211@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6212The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
6213
6214@cindex @code{stabs} directive
6215@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
6216All five fields are specified.
6217@end table
6218@end ifset
6219@c end have-stabs
6220
6221@node String
38a57ae7 6222@section @code{.string} "@var{str}", @code{.string8} "@var{str}", @code{.string16}
01642c12 6223"@var{str}", @code{.string32} "@var{str}", @code{.string64} "@var{str}"
252b5132
RH
6224
6225@cindex string, copying to object file
38a57ae7
NC
6226@cindex string8, copying to object file
6227@cindex string16, copying to object file
6228@cindex string32, copying to object file
6229@cindex string64, copying to object file
252b5132 6230@cindex @code{string} directive
38a57ae7
NC
6231@cindex @code{string8} directive
6232@cindex @code{string16} directive
6233@cindex @code{string32} directive
6234@cindex @code{string64} directive
252b5132
RH
6235
6236Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
6237one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
6238particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
6239You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
6240
01642c12 6241The variants @code{string16}, @code{string32} and @code{string64} differ from
38a57ae7
NC
6242the @code{string} pseudo opcode in that each 8-bit character from @var{str} is
6243copied and expanded to 16, 32 or 64 bits respectively. The expanded characters
6244are stored in target endianness byte order.
6245
6246Example:
6247@smallexample
6248 .string32 "BYE"
6249expands to:
6250 .string "B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E\0\0\0" /* On little endian targets. */
6251 .string "\0\0\0B\0\0\0Y\0\0\0E" /* On big endian targets. */
6252@end smallexample
6253
6254
252b5132
RH
6255@node Struct
6256@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
6257
6258@cindex @code{struct} directive
6259Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
6260which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
6261@smallexample
6262 .struct 0
6263field1:
6264 .struct field1 + 4
6265field2:
6266 .struct field2 + 4
6267field3:
6268@end smallexample
6269This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
6270@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
6271value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
6272use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
6273before further assembly.
6274
c91d2e08
NC
6275@ifset ELF
6276@node SubSection
6277@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
6278
c1253627 6279@cindex @code{subsection} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6280@cindex Section Stack
6281This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
01642c12
RM
6282@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
6283@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
a349d9dd 6284(@pxref{Previous}).
c91d2e08
NC
6285
6286This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
6287section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
6288in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
c91d2e08
NC
6289@end ifset
6290
252b5132
RH
6291@ifset ELF
6292@node Symver
6293@section @code{.symver}
6294@cindex @code{symver} directive
6295@cindex symbol versioning
6296@cindex versions of symbols
6297Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
6298within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
6299typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
6300There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
6301into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
6302shared library.
6303
79082ff0 6304For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
252b5132
RH
6305@smallexample
6306.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
6307@end smallexample
339681c0 6308If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
79082ff0 6309being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
252b5132
RH
6310alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
6311just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
6312permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
6313of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
6314itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
6315have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
6316file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
6317function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
6318the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
6319building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
6320symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
6321nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
339681c0
L
6322
6323If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
6324references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
6325reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
6326symbol table.
79082ff0
L
6327
6328Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6329@smallexample
6330.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
6331@end smallexample
6332In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
a349d9dd 6333the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
79082ff0
L
6334difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
6335references to @var{name2} by the linker.
6336
6337The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
6338@smallexample
6339.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
6340@end smallexample
6341When @var{name} is not defined within the
6342file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
6343@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
6344name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
252b5132
RH
6345@end ifset
6346
6347@ifset COFF
6348@node Tag
6349@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
6350
6351@cindex COFF structure debugging
6352@cindex structure debugging, COFF
6353@cindex @code{tag} directive
6354This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
6355information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
6356@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
6357definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
6358@ifset BOUT
6359
6360@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6361@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
252b5132
RH
6362ignores it.
6363@end ifset
6364@end ifset
6365
6366@node Text
6367@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
6368
6369@cindex @code{text} directive
a4fb0134 6370Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
252b5132
RH
6371the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
6372expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
6373is used.
6374
6375@node Title
6376@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
6377
6378@cindex @code{title} directive
6379@cindex listing control: title line
6380Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
6381source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
6382
6383This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
6384it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
6385
c1253627 6386@ifset COFF-ELF
252b5132 6387@node Type
c1253627
NC
6388@section @code{.type}
6389
6390This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
6391
6392@ifset COFF
6393@ifset ELF
6394@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6395@subheading COFF Version
6396@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6397
6398@cindex COFF symbol type
6399@cindex symbol type, COFF
c1253627
NC
6400@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
6401For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
6402@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
6403
6404@smallexample
6405.type @var{int}
6406@end smallexample
6407
6408This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
6409entry.
252b5132 6410
c91d2e08 6411@ifset BOUT
252b5132 6412@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
a4fb0134 6413@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
252b5132
RH
6414directive but ignores it.
6415@end ifset
c1253627 6416@end ifset
c91d2e08 6417
c1253627
NC
6418@ifset ELF
6419@ifset COFF
6420@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
6421@subheading ELF Version
6422@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6423
6424@cindex ELF symbol type
6425@cindex symbol type, ELF
c1253627
NC
6426@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
6427For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
6428
6429@smallexample
6430.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
6431@end smallexample
6432
6433This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
a349d9dd 6434function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
c91d2e08 6435supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
28c9d252 6436compatibility with various other assemblers.
58ab4f3d
MM
6437
6438Because some of the characters used in these syntaxes (such as @samp{@@} and
6439@samp{#}) are comment characters for some architectures, some of the syntaxes
6440below do not work on all architectures. The first variant will be accepted by
6441the GNU assembler on all architectures so that variant should be used for
6442maximum portability, if you do not need to assemble your code with other
6443assemblers.
6444
6445The syntaxes supported are:
c91d2e08
NC
6446
6447@smallexample
5671778d
NC
6448 .type <name> STT_<TYPE_IN_UPPER_CASE>
6449 .type <name>,#<type>
6450 .type <name>,@@<type>
e7c33416 6451 .type <name>,%<type>
5671778d
NC
6452 .type <name>,"<type>"
6453@end smallexample
6454
6455The types supported are:
58ab4f3d 6456
5671778d
NC
6457@table @gcctabopt
6458@item STT_FUNC
6459@itemx function
6460Mark the symbol as being a function name.
c91d2e08 6461
d8045f23
NC
6462@item STT_GNU_IFUNC
6463@itemx gnu_indirect_function
6464Mark the symbol as an indirect function when evaluated during reloc
6465processing. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6466
5671778d
NC
6467@item STT_OBJECT
6468@itemx object
6469Mark the symbol as being a data object.
6470
6471@item STT_TLS
6472@itemx tls_object
6473Mark the symbol as being a thead-local data object.
6474
6475@item STT_COMMON
6476@itemx common
6477Mark the symbol as being a common data object.
e7c33416
NC
6478
6479@item STT_NOTYPE
6480@itemx notype
6481Does not mark the symbol in any way. It is supported just for completeness.
6482
3e7a7d11
NC
6483@item gnu_unique_object
6484Marks the symbol as being a globally unique data object. The dynamic linker
6485will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with this
6486name and type in use. (This is only supported on Linux targeted assemblers).
6487
5671778d
NC
6488@end table
6489
6490Note: Some targets support extra types in addition to those listed above.
c91d2e08 6491
c1253627
NC
6492@end ifset
6493@end ifset
c91d2e08
NC
6494
6495@node Uleb128
6496@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
6497
6498@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
01642c12 6499@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
c91d2e08 6500compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
96e9638b 6501symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128, ,@code{.sleb128}}.
252b5132
RH
6502
6503@ifset COFF
6504@node Val
6505@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
6506
6507@cindex @code{val} directive
6508@cindex COFF value attribute
6509@cindex value attribute, COFF
6510This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
6511records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
6512entry.
6513@ifset BOUT
6514
a4fb0134 6515@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
252b5132
RH
6516configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
6517@end ifset
6518@end ifset
6519
2e13b764 6520@ifset ELF
c91d2e08
NC
6521@node Version
6522@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
2e13b764 6523
c1253627 6524@cindex @code{version} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6525This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
6526formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
9a297610 6527@end ifset
2e13b764 6528
c91d2e08
NC
6529@ifset ELF
6530@node VTableEntry
6531@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
2e13b764 6532
653cfe85 6533@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6534This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
6535@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
2e13b764 6536
c91d2e08
NC
6537@node VTableInherit
6538@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
2e13b764 6539
653cfe85 6540@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
c91d2e08
NC
6541This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
6542@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
a349d9dd 6543parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
96e9638b 6544parent name of @code{0} is treated as referring to the @code{*ABS*} section.
c91d2e08 6545@end ifset
2e13b764 6546
d190d046
HPN
6547@node Warning
6548@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
6549@cindex warning directive
6550Similar to the directive @code{.error}
6551(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
6552
c91d2e08
NC
6553@node Weak
6554@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
2e13b764 6555
c1253627 6556@cindex @code{weak} directive
a349d9dd 6557This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c91d2e08 6558@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
c87db184 6559
01642c12 6560On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
977cdf5a 6561directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
c87db184
CF
6562@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
6563
977cdf5a 6564On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
01642c12 6565When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
977cdf5a 6566alternate symbol to hold the default value.
2e13b764 6567
06e77878
AO
6568@node Weakref
6569@section @code{.weakref @var{alias}, @var{target}}
6570
6571@cindex @code{weakref} directive
6572This directive creates an alias to the target symbol that enables the symbol to
6573be referenced with weak-symbol semantics, but without actually making it weak.
6574If direct references or definitions of the symbol are present, then the symbol
6575will not be weak, but if all references to it are through weak references, the
6576symbol will be marked as weak in the symbol table.
6577
6578The effect is equivalent to moving all references to the alias to a separate
6579assembly source file, renaming the alias to the symbol in it, declaring the
6580symbol as weak there, and running a reloadable link to merge the object files
6581resulting from the assembly of the new source file and the old source file that
6582had the references to the alias removed.
6583
6584The alias itself never makes to the symbol table, and is entirely handled
6585within the assembler.
6586
252b5132
RH
6587@node Word
6588@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
6589
6590@cindex @code{word} directive
6591This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
6592separated by commas.
6593@ifclear GENERIC
6594@ifset W32
a4fb0134 6595For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6596@end ifset
6597@ifset W16
a4fb0134 6598For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
252b5132
RH
6599@end ifset
6600@end ifclear
6601@ifset GENERIC
6602
6603The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
6604depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
6605@end ifset
6606
6607@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
6608@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
6609@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6610@cindex difference tables altered
6611@cindex altered difference tables
6612@quotation
6613@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
6614@end quotation
6615
6616@ifset GENERIC
6617Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
6618addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
6619interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
6620@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
6621
6622@end ifset
6623In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
a4fb0134 6624@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
252b5132 6625Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
a4fb0134 6626compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
252b5132 6627directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
a4fb0134 6628@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
252b5132
RH
6629creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
6630This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
6631first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
6632of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
6633table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
6634contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
6635@code{sym2}.
6636
6637If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
6638secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
6639@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
6640long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
6641and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
6642minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
6643entries in the original jump table as necessary.
6644
6645@ifset INTERNALS
a4fb0134 6646@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
252b5132
RH
6647@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
6648assembly language programmers.
6649@end ifset
6650@end ifset
6651@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
6652
6653@node Deprecated
6654@section Deprecated Directives
6655
6656@cindex deprecated directives
6657@cindex obsolescent directives
6658One day these directives won't work.
6659They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
6660@table @t
6661@item .abort
6662@item .line
6663@end table
6664
3a99f02f
DJ
6665@ifset ELF
6666@node Object Attributes
6667@chapter Object Attributes
6668@cindex object attributes
6669
6670@command{@value{AS}} assembles source files written for a specific architecture
6671into object files for that architecture. But not all object files are alike.
6672Many architectures support incompatible variations. For instance, floating
6673point arguments might be passed in floating point registers if the object file
6674requires hardware floating point support---or floating point arguments might be
6675passed in integer registers if the object file supports processors with no
6676hardware floating point unit. Or, if two objects are built for different
6677generations of the same architecture, the combination may require the
6678newer generation at run-time.
6679
6680This information is useful during and after linking. At link time,
6681@command{@value{LD}} can warn about incompatible object files. After link
6682time, tools like @command{gdb} can use it to process the linked file
6683correctly.
6684
6685Compatibility information is recorded as a series of object attributes. Each
6686attribute has a @dfn{vendor}, @dfn{tag}, and @dfn{value}. The vendor is a
6687string, and indicates who sets the meaning of the tag. The tag is an integer,
6688and indicates what property the attribute describes. The value may be a string
6689or an integer, and indicates how the property affects this object. Missing
6690attributes are the same as attributes with a zero value or empty string value.
6691
6692Object attributes were developed as part of the ABI for the ARM Architecture.
6693The file format is documented in @cite{ELF for the ARM Architecture}.
6694
6695@menu
6696* GNU Object Attributes:: @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6697* Defining New Object Attributes:: Defining New Object Attributes
6698@end menu
6699
6700@node GNU Object Attributes
6701@section @sc{gnu} Object Attributes
6702
6703The @code{.gnu_attribute} directive records an object attribute
6704with vendor @samp{gnu}.
6705
6706Except for @samp{Tag_compatibility}, which has both an integer and a string for
6707its value, @sc{gnu} attributes have a string value if the tag number is odd and
6708an integer value if the tag number is even. The second bit (@code{@var{tag} &
67092} is set for architecture-independent attributes and clear for
6710architecture-dependent ones.
6711
6712@subsection Common @sc{gnu} attributes
6713
6714These attributes are valid on all architectures.
6715
6716@table @r
6717@item Tag_compatibility (32)
6718The compatibility attribute takes an integer flag value and a vendor name. If
6719the flag value is 0, the file is compatible with other toolchains. If it is 1,
6720then the file is only compatible with the named toolchain. If it is greater
6721than 1, the file can only be processed by other toolchains under some private
6722arrangement indicated by the flag value and the vendor name.
6723@end table
6724
6725@subsection MIPS Attributes
6726
6727@table @r
6728@item Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP (4)
6729The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6730
6731@itemize @bullet
6732@item
67330 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6734@item
67351 for files using the hardware floating-point with a standard double-precision
6736FPU.
6737@item
67382 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with a single-precision FPU.
6739@item
67403 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
42554f6a
TS
6741@item
67424 for files using the hardware floating-point ABI with 64-bit wide
6743double-precision floating-point registers and 32-bit wide general
6744purpose registers.
3a99f02f
DJ
6745@end itemize
6746@end table
6747
6748@subsection PowerPC Attributes
6749
6750@table @r
6751@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP (4)
6752The floating-point ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6753
6754@itemize @bullet
6755@item
67560 for files not affected by the floating-point ABI.
6757@item
3c7b9897 67581 for files using double-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6759@item
67602 for files using the software floating-point ABI.
3c7b9897
AM
6761@item
67623 for files using single-precision hardware floating-point ABI.
3a99f02f
DJ
6763@end itemize
6764
6765@item Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector (8)
6766The vector ABI used by this object file. The value will be:
6767
6768@itemize @bullet
6769@item
67700 for files not affected by the vector ABI.
6771@item
67721 for files using general purpose registers to pass vectors.
6773@item
67742 for files using AltiVec registers to pass vectors.
6775@item
67763 for files using SPE registers to pass vectors.
6777@end itemize
6778@end table
6779
6780@node Defining New Object Attributes
6781@section Defining New Object Attributes
6782
6783If you want to define a new @sc{gnu} object attribute, here are the places you
6784will need to modify. New attributes should be discussed on the @samp{binutils}
6785mailing list.
6786
6787@itemize @bullet
6788@item
6789This manual, which is the official register of attributes.
6790@item
6791The header for your architecture @file{include/elf}, to define the tag.
6792@item
6793The @file{bfd} support file for your architecture, to merge the attribute
6794and issue any appropriate link warnings.
6795@item
6796Test cases in @file{ld/testsuite} for merging and link warnings.
6797@item
6798@file{binutils/readelf.c} to display your attribute.
6799@item
6800GCC, if you want the compiler to mark the attribute automatically.
6801@end itemize
6802
6803@end ifset
6804
252b5132
RH
6805@ifset GENERIC
6806@node Machine Dependencies
6807@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6808
6809@cindex machine dependencies
6810The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
a4fb0134
SC
6811each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
6812vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
252b5132
RH
6813directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
6814assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
a4fb0134 6815@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
252b5132
RH
6816optimization.
6817
6818This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
6819include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
6820subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
6821
6822@menu
625e1353
RH
6823@ifset ALPHA
6824* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
6825@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6826@ifset ARC
6827* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
6828@end ifset
6829@ifset ARM
6830* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
6831@end ifset
8473f7a4
DC
6832@ifset AVR
6833* AVR-Dependent:: AVR Dependent Features
6834@end ifset
3b4e1885
JZ
6835@ifset Blackfin
6836* Blackfin-Dependent:: Blackfin Dependent Features
07c1b327 6837@end ifset
3d3d428f
NC
6838@ifset CR16
6839* CR16-Dependent:: CR16 Dependent Features
6840@end ifset
8bf549a8 6841@ifset CRIS
328eb32e
HPN
6842* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
6843@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6844@ifset D10V
6845* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
6846@end ifset
6847@ifset D30V
6848* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
6849@end ifset
6850@ifset H8/300
c2dcd04e 6851* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
252b5132 6852@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6853@ifset HPPA
6854* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
6855@end ifset
5b93d8bb
AM
6856@ifset I370
6857* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
6858@end ifset
252b5132 6859@ifset I80386
55b62671 6860* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6861@end ifset
e3308d0d
JE
6862@ifset I860
6863* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
6864@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6865@ifset I960
6866* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
6867@end ifset
5cb53c21
L
6868@ifset IA64
6869* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
6870@end ifset
a40cbfa3
NC
6871@ifset IP2K
6872* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
6873@end ifset
84e94c90
NC
6874@ifset LM32
6875* LM32-Dependent:: LM32 Dependent Features
6876@end ifset
49f58d10
JB
6877@ifset M32C
6878* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
6879@end ifset
ec694b89
NC
6880@ifset M32R
6881* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
6882@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6883@ifset M680X0
6884* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
6885@end ifset
60bcf0fa
NC
6886@ifset M68HC11
6887* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
6888@end ifset
7ba29e2a
NC
6889@ifset MICROBLAZE
6890* MicroBlaze-Dependent:: MICROBLAZE Dependent Features
6891@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6892@ifset MIPS
6893* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
6894@end ifset
3c3bdf30
NC
6895@ifset MMIX
6896* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
6897@end ifset
2469cfa2
NC
6898@ifset MSP430
6899* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
6900@end ifset
252b5132 6901@ifset SH
ef230218
JR
6902* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
6903* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
252b5132 6904@end ifset
e135f41b
NC
6905@ifset PDP11
6906* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
6907@end ifset
041dd5a9
ILT
6908@ifset PJ
6909* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
6910@end ifset
418c1742
MG
6911@ifset PPC
6912* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
6913@end ifset
046d31c2
NC
6914@ifset RX
6915* RX-Dependent:: RX Dependent Features
6916@end ifset
11c19e16
MS
6917@ifset S390
6918* S/390-Dependent:: IBM S/390 Dependent Features
6919@end ifset
c0157db4
NC
6920@ifset SCORE
6921* SCORE-Dependent:: SCORE Dependent Features
6922@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6923@ifset SPARC
6924* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
6925@end ifset
39bec121
TW
6926@ifset TIC54X
6927* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
6928@end ifset
40b36596
JM
6929@ifset TIC6X
6930* TIC6X-Dependent :: TI TMS320C6x Dependent Features
6931@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6932@ifset V850
6933* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
6934@end ifset
e0001a05
NC
6935@ifset XTENSA
6936* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
6937@end ifset
3c9b82ba
NC
6938@ifset Z80
6939* Z80-Dependent:: Z80 Dependent Features
6940@end ifset
252b5132
RH
6941@ifset Z8000
6942* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
6943@end ifset
6944@ifset VAX
6945* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
6946@end ifset
6947@end menu
6948
6949@lowersections
6950@end ifset
6951
6952@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
6953@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
6954@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
6955@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
6956@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
6957@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
6958@c in both conditional blocks.
6959
625e1353
RH
6960@ifset ALPHA
6961@include c-alpha.texi
6962@end ifset
6963
6964@ifset ARC
6965@include c-arc.texi
6966@end ifset
6967
252b5132
RH
6968@ifset ARM
6969@include c-arm.texi
6970@end ifset
6971
8473f7a4
DC
6972@ifset AVR
6973@include c-avr.texi
6974@end ifset
6975
3b4e1885 6976@ifset Blackfin
07c1b327
CM
6977@include c-bfin.texi
6978@end ifset
6979
3d3d428f
NC
6980@ifset CR16
6981@include c-cr16.texi
6982@end ifset
6983
328eb32e
HPN
6984@ifset CRIS
6985@include c-cris.texi
6986@end ifset
6987
c2dcd04e 6988@ifset Renesas-all
252b5132
RH
6989@ifclear GENERIC
6990@node Machine Dependencies
6991@chapter Machine Dependent Features
6992
c2dcd04e 6993The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
252b5132 6994and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
a4fb0134 6995chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
252b5132
RH
6996family.
6997
6998@menu
c2dcd04e 6999* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
c2dcd04e 7000* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
252b5132
RH
7001@end menu
7002@lowersections
7003@end ifclear
7004@end ifset
7005
7006@ifset D10V
7007@include c-d10v.texi
7008@end ifset
7009
7010@ifset D30V
7011@include c-d30v.texi
7012@end ifset
7013
7014@ifset H8/300
7015@include c-h8300.texi
7016@end ifset
7017
252b5132
RH
7018@ifset HPPA
7019@include c-hppa.texi
7020@end ifset
7021
5b93d8bb
AM
7022@ifset I370
7023@include c-i370.texi
7024@end ifset
7025
252b5132
RH
7026@ifset I80386
7027@include c-i386.texi
7028@end ifset
7029
e3308d0d
JE
7030@ifset I860
7031@include c-i860.texi
7032@end ifset
7033
252b5132
RH
7034@ifset I960
7035@include c-i960.texi
7036@end ifset
7037
9e32ca89
NC
7038@ifset IA64
7039@include c-ia64.texi
7040@end ifset
7041
a40cbfa3
NC
7042@ifset IP2K
7043@include c-ip2k.texi
7044@end ifset
7045
84e94c90
NC
7046@ifset LM32
7047@include c-lm32.texi
7048@end ifset
7049
49f58d10
JB
7050@ifset M32C
7051@include c-m32c.texi
7052@end ifset
7053
ec694b89
NC
7054@ifset M32R
7055@include c-m32r.texi
7056@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7057
7058@ifset M680X0
7059@include c-m68k.texi
7060@end ifset
7061
60bcf0fa
NC
7062@ifset M68HC11
7063@include c-m68hc11.texi
7064@end ifset
7065
01642c12 7066@ifset MICROBLAZE
7ba29e2a
NC
7067@include c-microblaze.texi
7068@end ifset
7069
252b5132
RH
7070@ifset MIPS
7071@include c-mips.texi
7072@end ifset
7073
3c3bdf30
NC
7074@ifset MMIX
7075@include c-mmix.texi
7076@end ifset
7077
2469cfa2
NC
7078@ifset MSP430
7079@include c-msp430.texi
7080@end ifset
7081
252b5132
RH
7082@ifset NS32K
7083@include c-ns32k.texi
7084@end ifset
7085
e135f41b
NC
7086@ifset PDP11
7087@include c-pdp11.texi
7088@end ifset
7089
041dd5a9
ILT
7090@ifset PJ
7091@include c-pj.texi
7092@end ifset
7093
418c1742
MG
7094@ifset PPC
7095@include c-ppc.texi
7096@end ifset
7097
046d31c2
NC
7098@ifset RX
7099@include c-rx.texi
7100@end ifset
7101
11c19e16
MS
7102@ifset S390
7103@include c-s390.texi
7104@end ifset
7105
c0157db4
NC
7106@ifset SCORE
7107@include c-score.texi
7108@end ifset
7109
252b5132
RH
7110@ifset SH
7111@include c-sh.texi
324bfcf3 7112@include c-sh64.texi
252b5132
RH
7113@end ifset
7114
7115@ifset SPARC
7116@include c-sparc.texi
7117@end ifset
7118
39bec121
TW
7119@ifset TIC54X
7120@include c-tic54x.texi
7121@end ifset
7122
40b36596
JM
7123@ifset TIC6X
7124@include c-tic6x.texi
7125@end ifset
7126
3c9b82ba
NC
7127@ifset Z80
7128@include c-z80.texi
7129@end ifset
7130
252b5132
RH
7131@ifset Z8000
7132@include c-z8k.texi
7133@end ifset
7134
7135@ifset VAX
7136@include c-vax.texi
7137@end ifset
7138
7139@ifset V850
7140@include c-v850.texi
7141@end ifset
7142
e0001a05
NC
7143@ifset XTENSA
7144@include c-xtensa.texi
7145@end ifset
7146
252b5132
RH
7147@ifset GENERIC
7148@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
7149@raisesections
7150@end ifset
7151
7152@node Reporting Bugs
7153@chapter Reporting Bugs
7154@cindex bugs in assembler
7155@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
7156
a4fb0134 7157Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
252b5132
RH
7158
7159Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
7160not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
a4fb0134
SC
7161entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
7162Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7163
7164In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
7165information that enables us to fix the bug.
7166
7167@menu
7168* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
7169* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
7170@end menu
7171
7172@node Bug Criteria
c1253627 7173@section Have You Found a Bug?
252b5132
RH
7174@cindex bug criteria
7175
7176If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
7177
7178@itemize @bullet
7179@cindex fatal signal
7180@cindex assembler crash
7181@cindex crash of assembler
7182@item
7183If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
a4fb0134 7184@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
252b5132
RH
7185
7186@cindex error on valid input
7187@item
a4fb0134 7188If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
252b5132
RH
7189
7190@cindex invalid input
7191@item
a4fb0134 7192If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
252b5132
RH
7193is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
7194be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
7195
7196@item
7197If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
a4fb0134 7198of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
252b5132
RH
7199@end itemize
7200
7201@node Bug Reporting
c1253627 7202@section How to Report Bugs
252b5132
RH
7203@cindex bug reports
7204@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
7205
7206A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
a4fb0134 7207you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
252b5132
RH
7208contact that organization first.
7209
7210You can find contact information for many support companies and
7211individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
7212distribution.
7213
ad22bfe8 7214@ifset BUGURL
a4fb0134 7215In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
ad22bfe8
JM
7216to @value{BUGURL}.
7217@end ifset
252b5132
RH
7218
7219The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
7220@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
7221fact or leave it out, state it!
7222
7223Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
7224and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
7225name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
7226not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
7227happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
7228perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
7229the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
7230give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
7231and the most helpful.
7232
7233Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
7234it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
7235that the bug has not been reported previously.
7236
7237Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
c1253627
NC
7238bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
7239respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
7240You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
252b5132
RH
7241
7242To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
7243
7244@itemize @bullet
7245@item
a4fb0134 7246The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
252b5132
RH
7247it with the @samp{--version} argument.
7248
7249Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
a4fb0134 7250the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
252b5132
RH
7251
7252@item
a4fb0134 7253Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
252b5132
RH
7254
7255@item
7256The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
7257version number.
7258
7259@item
a4fb0134 7260What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
252b5132
RH
7261``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
7262
7263@item
7264The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
7265observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
7266all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
7267
7268If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
7269and then we might not encounter the bug.
7270
7271@item
7272A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
7273the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
7274high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
7275when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
7276the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
7277file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
a4fb0134 7278@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
252b5132
RH
7279
7280@item
7281A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
7282incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
7283
a4fb0134 7284Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
252b5132
RH
7285will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
7286notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
7287make a mistake.
7288
7289Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
7290explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
b45619c0 7291@command{@value{AS}} is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in the C
252b5132
RH
7292library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
7293would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
7294would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
7295expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
7296observations.
7297
7298@item
a4fb0134 7299If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
252b5132
RH
7300diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
7301option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
a4fb0134 7302discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
252b5132
RH
7303by line number.
7304
7305The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
7306sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
7307@end itemize
7308
7309Here are some things that are not necessary:
7310
7311@itemize @bullet
7312@item
7313A description of the envelope of the bug.
7314
7315Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
7316which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
7317changes will not affect it.
7318
7319This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
7320will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
7321with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
7322We recommend that you save your time for something else.
7323
7324Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
7325of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
7326output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
7327less time, and so on.
7328
7329However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
7330report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
7331
7332@item
7333A patch for the bug.
7334
7335A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
7336the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
7337a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
7338to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
7339
a4fb0134 7340Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
252b5132
RH
7341construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
7342the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
7343one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
7344
7345And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
7346patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
7347help us to understand.
7348
7349@item
7350A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
7351
7352Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
7353things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
7354@end itemize
7355
7356@node Acknowledgements
7357@chapter Acknowledgements
7358
653cfe85 7359If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
252b5132 7360it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
01642c12
RM
7361maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
7362@c (January 1994),
252b5132
RH
7363the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
7364
7365Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
7366more details?}
7367
7368Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
7369information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
7370extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
7371
7372K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
7373many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
7374up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
7375testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
7376including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
7377and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
7378support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
7379port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
7380file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
7381assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
7382
7383Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
7384in format-specific I/O modules.
7385
7386The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
7387has done much work with it since.
7388
7389The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
7390
7391Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
7392
7393The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
7394University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
7395
7396Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
7397(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
7398(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
7399support a.out format.
7400
7be1c489
AM
7401Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 processors (tc-z8k,
7402tc-h8300), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
252b5132
RH
7403Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
7404use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
7405targets.
7406
7407John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
7408simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
7409updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
c1253627 7410fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
252b5132
RH
7411remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
7412cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
7413required the proverbial one-bit fix.
7414
7415Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
741668k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
7417added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
7418PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
7419
653cfe85 7420Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
252b5132
RH
7421
7422Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
7423
7424Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
7425along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
7426formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
7427the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
7428
7429Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
7430Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
7431Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
7432Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
7433and some initial 64-bit support).
7434
c1253627 7435Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
5b93d8bb 7436
252b5132
RH
7437Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
7438support for openVMS/Alpha.
7439
39bec121
TW
7440Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
7441flavors.
7442
e0001a05 7443David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
b45619c0 7444Inc.@: added support for Xtensa processors.
e0001a05 7445
252b5132
RH
7446Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
7447configuration enhancements.
7448
84e94c90
NC
7449Jon Beniston added support for the Lattice Mico32 architecture.
7450
252b5132
RH
7451Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
7452you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
7453want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
7454intentionally leaving anyone out.
7455
793c5807
NC
7456@node GNU Free Documentation License
7457@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
c1253627 7458@include fdl.texi
cf055d54 7459
370b66a1
CD
7460@node AS Index
7461@unnumbered AS Index
252b5132
RH
7462
7463@printindex cp
7464
252b5132
RH
7465@bye
7466@c Local Variables:
7467@c fill-column: 79
7468@c End:
This page took 1.060948 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.